B-1.1, r. 3 - Safety Code

Updated to 1 January 2019

This document has official status.

chapter B-1.1, r. 3

Safety Code

Building Act

(chapter B-1.1, ss. 175, 176, 176.1, 178, 179 and 185, 1st par., subpars. 37 and 38).

The fees prescribed in the Regulation have been indexed as of 1 January 2019 pursuant to the notice published in Part 1 (French) of the Gazette officielle du Québec of 24 November 2018, pages 755, 756 and 757. (ss. 77. 86, 87, 95, 96, 97, 106, 130, 130.1, 330).

CHAPTER I PLUMBING

1. In this Chapter, the terms “fixture”, “back-siphonage preventer or vacuum breaker”, “backflow preventer”, “plumbing system”, “cleanout”, “water system” and “trap” have the meaning given to them by the National Plumbing Code of Canada 1995 as defined by section 3.01 of Chapter III of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) made pursuant to the Building Act (chapter B-1.1) and, where applicable, amended by section 3.03 of that Chapter.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 1.

2. A plumbing system located in a building or in a facility intended for public use shall be kept in safe, sanitary and proper working condition.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 2.

3. A fixture that is not used for an indefinite period or whose trap seal depth in the trap cannot be maintained shall be disconnected from its waste and feed pipes which shall be tightly sealed.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 3.

4. Accessibility to any valve, vacuum relief valve, back-siphonage preventer or vacuum breaker, backflow preventer, expansion joint, floor drain, sump, interceptor, flush valve or flush tank, water heater, hot water tank or cleanout shall be maintained. Should a construction or permanent obstacle be installed, a trapdoor shall allow access for maintenance or repair of that device. This also applies to the supply or waste connections of a lavatory, sink or laundry tray.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 4.

5. All parts of a non-potable water system shall remain distinctively marked.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 5.

6. No connection may be made between a public supply system of potable water and a private water supply source.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 6.

7. Any connection to a water supply system shall be protected from contamination hazards in accordance with standards CSA-B64.10-01 “Manual for the Selection and Installation of Backflow Prevention Devices” and CSA-B64.10.1-01 “Manual for the Maintenance and Field Testing of Backflow Prevention Devices” published by the Canadian Standards Association, as well as any amendment and future editions that may be published by that agency.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 7.

7.1. The water outlet temperature of valves supplying shower heads or bathtubs of a care occupancy or private seniors’ residence within the meaning of the Act respecting health services and social services (chapter S-4.2) must be controlled with the devices provided for in section 7.3 and be verified and adjusted so that the temperature does not exceed 43 °C.

The verification referred to in the first paragraph must be made at least once a year.

For the purposes of this section,

“care occupancy” means a building or part of a building housing persons who, because of their physical or mental state, need medical care or treatment.

This section comes into force on 27 December 2013.

This section applies as of 11 February 2013 to care occupancies and private seniors’ residences with respect to their plumbing systems equipped with one of the devices covered by section 7.3.

The requirement covered by section 7.1 to verify and adjust the water outlet temperature of valves supplying shower heads and bathtubs applies as of 11 February 2013 to care occupancies and private seniors’ residences with respect to their plumbing systems equipped with devices other than those covered by section 7.3 but that can nonetheless limit the temperature. (O.C. 1203-2012, 2012-12-12)

O.C. 1203-2012, s. 1.

7.2. Information relating to the verification and setting of the water outlet temperature supplying bathtubs and shower heads of a care occupancy or private seniors’ residence must be kept in a register for at least 5 years. The register must indicate the date, time, initial temperature, temperature after adjustment, if any, the identification of the valve and the name of the person who made the verification and adjustment. It must be kept in the occupancy or residence and made available to the Board.

This section comes into force on 27 December 2013.

This section applies as of 11 February 2013 to care occupancies and private seniors’ residences with respect to their plumbing systems equipped with one of the devices covered by section 7.3.

Section 7.2 applies as of 11 February 2013 to care occupancies and private seniors’ residences with respect to their plumbing systems equipped with devices other than those covered by section 7.3 but that can nonetheless limit the temperature. (O.C. 1203-2012, 2012-12-12)

O.C. 1203-2012, s. 1.

7.3. The valves referred to in section 7.1 must be of the thermostatic or combination pressure-balanced/thermostatic type. They must be certified according to the edition of the plumbing supply fitting standard that, under a regulation, was in force at the time of their installation.

Valves supplying only bathtubs need not be of one of the types referred to in the first paragraph if the hot water supply is controlled by a thermostatic-mixing valve or an automatic temperature-limiting device installed within the limits of a bathroom and certified according to the edition of the standard relating to plumbing fittings that, under a regulation, was in force at the time of their installation.

Despite the first paragraph, pressure-balanced valves installed before the coming into force of this section (11 February 2013) and certified according to the edition of the plumbing supply fitting standard that, under a regulation, was in force at the time of their installation, are permitted in private seniors’ residences, except in the parts of those residences that are used as care occupancies.

This section comes into force on 27 December 2013.

This section applies as of 11 February 2013 to care occupancies and private seniors’ residences with respect to their plumbing systems equipped with one of the devices covered by section 7.3.

Section 7.2 and the requirement covered by section 7.1 to verify and adjust the water outlet temperature of valves supplying shower heads and bathtubs apply as of 11 February 2013 to care occupancies and private seniors’ residences with respect to their plumbing systems equipped with devices other than those covered by section 7.3 but that can nonetheless limit the temperature. (O.C. 1203-2012, 2012-12-12)

O.C. 1203-2012, s. 1.

8. Any contravention to a provision of this Chapter constitutes an offence.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 8.

CHAPTER II ELECTRICITY

9. In this Chapter, the terms “accessible”, “electrical equipment”, “permanently connected equipment”, “approved”, “hydromassage bathtub”, “therapeutic pool”, “service”, “circuit breaker”, “ground fault circuit interrupter”, “overcurrent device”, “hazardous location”, “readily accessible”, “inaccessible”, “electrical installation”, “pool”, “dust”, “receptacle” and “alive or live” have the meaning given by Chapter V Electricity of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) in force during the construction work for the electrical installation concerned.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 9; O.C. 723-2018, s. 1.

10. An electrical installation shall be used for the purposes for which it was designed and is intended and it shall be kept in safe and proper working condition.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 10.

11. Any electrical equipment used in an electrical installation or any equipment permanently connected to such installation shall be approved for the use for which it is intended.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 11.

12. An electrical installation shall be used and maintained in a manner that does not constitute a fire hazard.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 12.

13. Any required rectification shall be made to an electrical installation when hazardous operating conditions have developed due to, in particular, intensive use, wear and tear, obsolescence or modifications.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 13.

14. The marking which indicates the minimum ratings of an electrical equipment shall be complied with. Where a component of the equipment must be replaced, the features of the new component shall be compatible with those indicated by the marking.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 14.

15. A bare live part shall be protected against any accidental contact or be located in an inaccessible place or compartment.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 15.

16. Service entrance equipment, panelboards and distribution equipment shall be readily accessible at all times.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 16.

17. Electrical equipment vaults shall not be used for storage purposes.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 17.

18. Electrical equipment vaults shall not be maintained at excessive temperatures.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 18.

19. Electrical equipment vaults shall be inaccessible.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 19.

20. Overcurrent devices shall be of a current rating appropriate for their use. They shall not show obvious signs of damage or overheating. Their connections shall neither be loose nor corroded.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 20.

21. Overcurrent devices shall be of a type and current rating appropriate for the protected electrical installation and be replaced, if need be, by devices of the same current rating.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 21.

22. A ground fault circuit interrupter shall protect

(1)  electrical equipment immersed in a swimming pool;

(2)  audio-amplifiers connected to speakers immersed in a swimming pool;

(3)  electrical equipment located within 3 m of the inside walls of a swimming pool and not separated from the pool by a wall, partition or fence;

(4)  therapeutic pools and hydromassage bathtubs;

(5)  receptacles located in a bathroom and installed less than 1.5 m from the bathtub or shower stall. That requirement does not apply to a receptacle combined with an isolating transformer or to an outlet for a washing machine where it is located on the wall behind the machine no more than 600 mm above the floor.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 22; O.C. 723-2018, s. 1.

23. Circuit breakers of air conditioning and ventilation installations shall be checked and tested at least once every 12 months so as to make sure that the power supply can be interrupted in case of emergency.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 23.

24. All electrical equipment must comply with the regulatory provisions in force at the time of its installation, if the equipment is in the presence of flammable gases or vapours or dusts in sufficient quantity to constitute a fire or explosion hazard.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 24; O.C. 723-2018, s. 1.

25. Any contravention to a provision of this Chapter constitutes an offence.

O.C. 964-2002, s. 25.

26. (Omitted).

O.C. 964-2002, s. 26.

CHAPTER III GAS

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

DIVISION I DEFINITIONS

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

27. In this Chapter,

“container” means a cylinder, a tank or any other container used to store gas; (récipient)

“gas” means natural gas, biomethane, manufactured gas and mixtures of propane gas and air, propane, propylene, butanes (normal butane or isobutane) and butylenes, and a mixture or a type of those gases; (gaz)

“gas installation” means a fixed or mobile installation, including its immediate piping, intended to use, store or distribute gas; (installation de gaz)

“natural gas” means natural gas, biomethane, mixtures of propane gas and air and a type or a mixture of those gases; (gaz naturel)

“propane” means a liquefied petroleum gas consisting mainly of propane, propylene, butane, butylene, a type or a mixture of those gases; (propane)

“trailer” means a vehicle with a chassis supporting a container and that is trailed by another vehicle. (remorque)

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 121-2006, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

27.1. In Divisions IV to VI of this Chapter, the terms “appliance”, “air supply”, “cylinder”, “container refill centre”, “combustible”, “enclosure”, “safety limit control”, “point of transfer”, “combustion products”, “tank”, “safety shut-off valve”, “relief valve”, “filling plant”, “structure”, “venting system”, “hose connector” and “hose” have the meaning given to them in CAN/CSA-B149.1: Natural Gas and Propane Installation Code and CAN/CSA-B149.2: Propane Storage and Handling Code, as adopted by Chapter II of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

DIVISION II SCOPE

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

28. Subject to the exemptions provided for in section 29 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1) and the second and third paragraphs of this section, this Chapter applies to every gas installation, including its surroundings.

However, it does not apply to a gas installation intended to use gas other than an installation used to produce energy, heat or light from a gas.

The following installations are also exempt from the application of this Chapter:

(1)  installations intended to store or distribute gas by tank vehicle as long as the tank is not used as a storage tank at the point of use;

(2)  installations intended to use gas to ensure the motive power of a vehicle;

(3)  installations intended to use gas in a refinery, regardless of its origin, as raw material for the petroleum refining process or for the process of a petrochemical plant;

(4)  installations intended to store, in a refinery, gas resulting from the refining of petroleum;

(5)  installations intended to store or use gas on boats;

(6)  installations intended to use gas as a refrigerant;

(7)  installations intended to store gas in underground natural tanks or tanks shaped in the ground; and

(8)  installations intended to use or store on the premises gas collected from a disposal site or gas from an anaerobic digester.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

DIVISION III REFERENCES

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

29. In this Chapter, a reference to the standards CSA B108, Compressed Natural Gas Fuelling Stations Installation Code, CSA B149.1, Natural Gas and Propane Installation Code, CSA B149.2, Propane Storage and Handling Code, CSA B149.3, Code for the field approval of fuel-related components on appliances and equipment, CSA-Z276, Liquified Natural Gas (LNG) - Production, Storage and Handling or CAN/CSA Z662, Oil and Gas Pipeline Systems is a reference to the standard referred to in Chapter II of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) made under the Building Act (chapter B-1.1).

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 121-2006, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

DIVISION IV GENERAL

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

30. A gas installation must be used for the purposes for which it was designed and kept in safe and proper working order.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

31. A gas installation must be used and serviced so as not to constitute fire, explosion or intoxication hazards.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

32. The vicinity of a gas installation must not be modified in such manner that the gas installation does not comply with Chapter II of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

33. The necessary corrections must be made to a gas installation if, following intensive use, wear, aging or modifications, the operating conditions have become dangerous.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

34. A gas leak may not be detected by means of a match, candle, flame or any other source of ignition.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

35. A light, including a flashlight, used to detect a gas leak must be certified as electrical equipment for use in a hazardous location of Class 1, Group II A type, in accordance with Subrule 18-050(2) of the Canadian Electrical Code, as adopted by Chapter V of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

36. An electric switch located either in the room or adjacent to an area of gas leakage must not be operated unless it is certified as equipment for use in a hazardous location of Class 1, Group II A type, in accordance with Subrule 18050(2) of the Canadian Electrical Code, as adopted by Chapter V of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

37. A safety shut-off valve, a safety limit control or a relief valve must not be isolated or be made inoperative.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

38. Where there are signs of wear or deterioration or where other damage shows in the reinforcement material of a hose or hose connector, the hose must be replaced immediately.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

38.1. A dedicated parking area must be provided for each vehicle equipped with a gas container and intended for the road transportation of gas, including transportation in transit, on the site of a propane filling plant or of an installation independent of a building and intended to store or distribute natural gas.

The parking area must be located in a location different from the location where gas is transferred and be as far as possible from fixed tanks whose water capacity is the largest, without obstructing traffic routes.

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

§ 1 . — Register

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

38.2. The owner of a fixed or mobile installation independent of a building and intended to store or distribute gas with transfers of gas must keep in a register or attach to it, as the case may be, the following related documents:

(1)  the annual verification reports provided for in section 38.3;

(2)  where required under section 74.2, the risk assessment report.

The owner of an installation independent of a building and intended to store or distribute gas with gas transfer must also, except for a propane container refill centre, record and keep in the register provided for in the first paragraph or attach to it, as the case may be, the following information and documents:

(1)  the identification of any safety device having interrupted the operation of the installation and the measures taken to remedy the event;

(2)  the breakdowns and accidents that occurred while operating the installation;

(3)  the history and description of the maintenance, repairs, replacements, including technical bulletins issued by the manufacturer, and alterations made on the site or installation;

(4)  any notice or order issued by the Board under the Building Act (chapter B-1.1);

(5)  any other relevant information or document in connection with the operation or maintenance of the installation.

The register must be kept on the premises where the installation is operated for consultation by the Board, as long as the installation is not dismantled.

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

§ 2 . — Annual verification

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

38.3. The owner of a fixed or mobile installation independent of a building and intended to store or distribute gas with gas transfer must have it verified each year by the holder of an appropriate certificate of qualification issued under the Act respecting workforce vocational training and qualification (chapter F-5), by an engineer or by a contractor holding an appropriate licence in the field of gas issued by the Board.

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

38.4. Where the holder of a certificate of qualification, the engineer or the contractor in charge of the verification notices the presence of hazardous conditions, the certificate holder or contractor must so inform the Board.

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

38.5. The verification report establishing the safety of the installation must contain the following information and documents:

(1)  the address of the place where the installation is located;

(2)  the name, signature and contact information of the person having carried out the inspection and a copy of his or her certificate of qualification or licence;

(3)  the scope of the annual verification and testing made on the safety devices or components by the person who has carried out the verification and tests;

(4)  a description of the corrective work required to ensure that the installation is safe, and the schedule recommended for its implementation;

(5)  a summary of the report confirming that the installation is not in a dangerous condition and, where applicable, that recommendations have been submitted to the owner concerning ways to correct the defects observed that may contribute to the development of a dangerous condition;

(6)  appendices containing photographs, drawings and any other relevant information obtained during the verification, to complete the report.

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

DIVISION V GAS INSTALLATIONS

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

39. An appliance must be serviced in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

40. An appliance may not be used if damaged by fire, water or an explosion unless it has been verified by a person holding the appropriate certificate of qualification issued under the Act respecting workforce vocational training and qualification (chapter F-5).

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

41. No appliance may be used in a room where there are corrosive vapours.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

42. Appliance clearance must allow the appliance to be serviced without moving it or modifying the building that shelters it or modifying neighbouring equipment.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

43. An appliance may be used only if it complies with the provisions of Division V of Chapter II of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

44. Where a part of an appliance must be replaced, the replacement part must have the same operational characteristics as the original part.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

45. In an enclosure or a structure housing an appliance, the air supply must be sufficient to ensure complete combustion and total venting of combustion products.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

46. The air supply of an appliance must be free of any encumbrance.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

47. An appliance and its venting system must show sufficient clearance so that the surface temperature of neighbouring combustible materials does not exceed 90 °C.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

48. The venting system of an appliance must ensure total venting of combustion products to the outdoors.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

49. The piping or tubing system must have a diameter sufficient to convey the required volume of gas at the required pressure.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

50. Where no appliance is connected to a piping outlet, the outlet must be tightly plugged or capped.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

51. Vehicles equipped with a propane appliance must not be parked or stored inside a building, except if

(1)  the propane cylinders are removed; or

(2)  the propane tanks have contents in propane of no more than 50% of the maximum filling capacity allowed and all shut-off valves are closed.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

DIVISION VI USE, STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION OF PROPANE IN CONTAINERS

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

52. Propane in containers must be used, stored and distributed in accordance with the provisions of CSA Standard B149.2.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 121-2006, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

53. For the purposes of Clause 6.5 of CSA Standard B149.2, all stored cylinders, whether filled or empty, shall be considered as filled at the maximum filling capacity allowed.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 121-2006, ss. 1 and 2; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

54. Propane that is used, stored or distributed must emit a characteristic odour in accordance with Canadian General Standards Board Standard CAN/CGSB-3.14, Propane for Fuel Purposes.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

55. Propane may not be transferred from a vehicle equipped with a gas container to a cylinder in a location other than the location where the cylinder is used.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

56. Propane from a vehicle equipped with a gas container may not be transferred into the container of a road vehicle.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

57. The tank of the propane supply system of a road vehicle may be filled only if it bears the appropriate sticker mandatory under the Regulation respecting safety standards for road vehicles (chapter C-24.2, r. 32).

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

58. Propane may not be transferred from a vehicle equipped with a gas container to a cylinder the total capacity of which is 20 kg of propane on a campground unless, during the transfer, the vehicle

(1)  is at a location that has safety installations complying with the provisions of Clause 7.19.4 of CSA Standard B149.2 for tanks; and

(2)  is parked in accordance with the distances provided for in Clause 7.16 of CSA Standard B149.2 for tanks.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 121-2006, ss. 1 and 3; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

59. A propane container must be painted.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

60. Except in filling plants, propane cylinders must not be stored one stacked over the other.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

61. Vehicles used for the transportation of propane and parked at a location other than a location governed by a regulation respecting the transportation of dangerous substances made under the Highway Safety Code (chapter C-24.2) must be parked in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 8.6 to 8.10 of CSA Standard B149.2.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 121-2006, ss. 1 and 4; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

62. Signs bearing the indication or the international symbol “NO SMOKING” must be installed at a conspicuous place in filling plants at every entrance and point of transfer of propane. The letters must be red on a white background or black on a yellow background and be at least 100 mm high. The symbols must have a minimum diameter of 300 mm.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

63. Signs must be installed in a conspicuous place on the tank or nearby and at the point of transfer, where propane is transferred more than 3 m from the tank of a propane container refill centre, in a way that they can be seen from that point. The signs must bear the following indications:

(1)  “NO SMOKING, TURN OFF ALL SOURCES OF IGNITION” in letters at least 50 mm high;

(2)  “TRANSPORT CYLINDERS SECURED IN AN UPRIGHT POSITION IN A VENTILATED SPACE” in letters at least 25 mm high;

(3)  “IT IS AN OFFENCE TO FILL PROPANE CYLINDERS AND MOTOR FUEL CONTAINERS IN EXCESS OF 80% CAPACITY BY VOLUME” in letters at least 25 mm high; and

(4)  “NO SMOKING WITHIN 3 METRES, TURN IGNITION OFF BEFORE REFUELLING” in letters at least 25 mm high for a propane distribution location for vehicles.

The international symbols for “NO SMOKING” and “TURN OFF IGNITION”, measuring at least 100 mm in diameter, may be used instead of those expressions. The symbols must be red and black on a white background.

The letters on the signs must be red on a white background or black on a yellow background.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

63.1. An installation intended to store or distribute propane must be operated and serviced in accordance with the provisions of Clause 7.22 of CSA Standard B149.2.

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

DIVISION VII TRANSPORTATION OR DISTRIBUTION OF GAS BY PIPELINE

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

64. Gas distributed by pipeline must emit a characteristic odour in accordance with the provisions of Clause 4.21 of CAN/CSA Standard Z662.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

65. A piped gas undertaking must notify all users affected by an Interruption in service and ensure the safe restoration of service.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

66. An installation intended to transport or distribute gas by pipeline must be operated and serviced in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 10 and the provisions of Clauses 12.10 and 15.9 of CAN/CSA Standard Z662.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

67. Every piped gas transportation or distribution undertaking must keep up to date the plans of its gas transportation and distribution systems, of its storage facilities, as well as of the location of its valves, regulators and other accessories.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

68. Every piped gas transportation or distribution undertaking must send to the Board, within 90 days following the beginning of each fiscal year,

(1)  its gas leak detection program for the current year; and

(2)  its annual program for the maintenance of its transportation systems, gas distribution networks and storage facilities.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

69. Every piped gas transportation or distribution undertaking must send to the Board, within 90 days following the end of each fiscal year,

(1)  a report on the state of its transportation or distribution system containing the information referred to in Schedule I in the prescribed form; and

(2)  a report of findings on leaks and measures taken to correct them.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

DIVISION VIII USE, STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION OF NATURAL GAS IN CONTAINERS

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

70. The tank of the natural gas supply system of a road vehicle may be filled only if it bears the appropriate sticker mandatory under the Regulation respecting safety standards for road vehicles (chapter C-24.2, r. 32).

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

70.1. Natural gas distributed, except liquefied natural gas distributed, must emit a characteristic odour in accordance with the provisions of Clause 4.21 of CAN/CSA Standard Z662.

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

71. In a container refill centre for vehicles, natural gas must not be distributed at a pressure in excess of that provided for in Clause 4.4 of Clause 4 of CSA Standard B108.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 121-2006, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

72. A fixed or mobile installation intended to store or distribute liquefied natural gas must be operated and serviced in accordance with the provisions of Clause 13 of CSA Standard Z276.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 121-2006, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

72.1. A fixed or mobile installation intended to distribute liquefied natural gas for vehicles must be operated and serviced in accordance with the provisions of Clauses D.15 and D.16.5 of CSA Standard Z276.

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

73. Where natural gas cylinders are filled, stored and used elsewhere than in a refill centre for vehicles, it must be done in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 9.2 to 9.5 of Clause 9 of CSA Standard B149.1.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 121-2006, ss. 1 and 5; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

DIVISION IX OPERATION PERMIT

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

74. The owner of an installation independent of a building and intended to store or distribute gas must obtain a permit for each place of operation of the installation or for each vehicle intended to distribute gas if the owner has no establishment in Québec.

The owner of an installation independent of a building and intended to store or distribute gas is exempt from the requirement to obtain an operation permit

(1)  where butane is stored in cylinders of an individual maximum capacity of 5.3 oz (150 g);

(2)  where gas is stored therein in no-refill cylinders the maximum internal volume of which is 75 in3 (1,229 ml); and

(3)  where natural gas is distributed through pipelines.

O.C. 877-2003, ss. 1 and 2; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

74.1. For the purposes of this Division, the “total capacity” in water, calculated in American gallons (US gal) or in litres, or in mass, calculated in metric tons, for the location of the installation includes, where applicable,

(1)  the fixed capacity, namely, the total number of fixed storage tanks and their individual capacity;

(2)  the transit capacity, namely, the total number of containers in transit that are kept on the site longer than necessary for the transfer, including tank trucks, trailers, self-supporting tanks and tank cars, and their individual capacity; and

(3)  the portable or unconnected capacity, namely, the total maximum number of containers and their individual capacity.

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

In force: 2019-11-15

74.2. The owner of an installation independent of a building and intended to store or distribute either propane of more than 5,000 US gal (18,927 litres) in fixed water capacity, or natural gas of 4.5 metric tons or more in total capacity, must obtain a risk assessment report based on CAN/CSA-ISO Standard 31000, Risk management - Principles and guidelines, published by the CSA Group and confirming that the installation is safe in order to obtain an operation permit for that installation.

The report must be drawn up by an engineer within the meaning of the Professional Code (chapter C-26) qualified to do so, who affixes his or her seal, signature and business particulars and must contain the following information and relevant documents:

(1)  the context of the installation and its surroundings;

(2)  risk assessment, that is, the full process of risk identification, risk analysis and risk evaluation;

(3)  risk treatment and, where applicable, the reduction of risk by the recommendation of additional safety measures and a reevaluation of the residual risk;

(4)  the total limit capacity set by the engineer that cannot be exceeded by the owner.

For the purposes of section 74.2, where an owner has more than 1 existing installation concerned, the risk assessment reports do not all have to be obtained by 15 November 2019. However, at least 1 installation per year must have been the subject of such a report and all the owner’s installations must have been the subject of a report not later than 15 November 2023.

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

75. The owner who applies for the issue, renewal or modification of an operation permit must provide the Board, on the form provided for that purpose,

(1)  the name, domicile address of the owner and, where applicable, the Québec business number assigned under the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises (chapter P-44.1);

(2)  in the case of a partnership or a legal person, its name, the address of its head office and the business number referred to in subparagraph 1;

(3)  the address of the place of operation of the installation or, if the owner has no installation in Québec, the registration number of the vehicle intended to distribute gas; and

(4)  for the place of operation or for each vehicle intended to distribute gas if the owner has no installation in Québec,

(a)  the quantity of gas sold in Québec during the preceding fiscal year;

(b)  the quantity of gas bought during the preceding fiscal year

i.  in Québec from a refinery;

ii.  from a source of supply outside Québec;

iii.  in Québec elsewhere than from a refinery;

(c)  the date on which the place began operating;

(d)  the use of the place;

(e)  the names of the persons who operate the installation and who hold certificates of qualification issued under the Act respecting workforce vocational training and qualification (chapter F-5);

(f)  the fixed, in transit, portable or unconnected capacity and the total capacity of the place;

(g)  where a risk assessment report is required, a declaration that the owner obtained such a report;

(h)  where a risk assessment report is required, the total limit capacity indicated therein;

(5)  in the case of an installation with gas transfer built after the 15 November 2018 or where an installation with gas transfer has been altered, a certified true copy of the building permit or the authorization certificate issued by the local authority allowing the construction work at the address of the installation covered by the application.

Every application for an operation permit must be accompanied by an attestation that the information and documents provided under the first paragraph are accurate and must be signed by the person filing the application.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

76. An application for the issue, renewal or modification of a permit is deemed to be received only if it contains all the required information and documents and includes the fees payable under section 77, if applicable.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

76.1. The holder of an operation permit must notify the Board of any change in the information or documents provided under section 75 by filing a permit modification application within 30 days following the change.

The Board must, however, be notified immediately in the case of a change affecting the level of risk determined in the risk assessment report or making it necessary to obtain such a report. A permit modification application must be filed within 30 days following the change.

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

76.2. In the case of an application for the modification or renewal of a permit, only the changes to the information or documents already filed with the Board must be provided to the Board.

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

76.3. The Board issues or renews a permit on the following conditions:

(1)  the owner provided, as the case may be, the information and documents required under section 75;

(2)  the issue or renewal application has been received and the fees payable have been paid to the Board;

(3)  the owner complied with all the provisions of this Chapter and those of Chapter II of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) that apply to the gas installation covered by the permit application;

(4)  where applicable, the owner complied after having received a notice or order under the Building Act (chapter B-1.1) or after having been convicted of an offence under any of the provisions of this Chapter or to a suppletory measure required under section 122 of the Building Act.

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

77. The fee payable for the issue or renewal of an operation permit is $179.53. Despite the foregoing, the fee is $52.81 for an installation independent of a building and intended to store or distribute gas in cylinders only and if gas is not transferred there.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

78. The operation permit issued by the Board contains

(1)  the name of the owner of the installation or vehicle;

(2)  the address of the place of operation of the installation or the registration number of the vehicle for which the permit is issued;

(3)  the date of issue of the permit;

(4)  the Québec business number referred to in subparagraph 1 or 2 of section 75, as the case may be;

(5)  the total capacity of the installation;

(6)  where a risk assessment report is required, the total limit capacity of the installation.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

79. The holder of an operation permit must cease the operation of an installation independent of a building and intended to store or distribute gas in the following cases:

(1)  the holder of the permit increases the total capacity indicated on the permit and exceeds a fixed water capacity of 5,000 US gal (18,927 litres) or a total capacity of 4.5 metric tons or more;

(2)  where a risk assessment report is required, the holder of the permit exceeds the total limit capacity indicated in the report.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

80. For an installation to be supplied by the gas undertaking, the holder of an operation permit must post the permit in public view at the place of operation or in the vehicle intended to distribute gas if the permit holder has no establishment in Québec.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

81. The term of an operation permit is one year.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

82. The application for renewal of an operation permit must be filed with the Board at least 30 days before the expiry date of the permit.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

83. An operation permit is non-transferable.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

84. An owner who applies for the issue or renewal of an operation permit must obtain and maintain in force, during the entire term of the permit, liability insurance without an expiry date of a minimum amount of $2,000,000 for an installation independent of a building and intended to store or distribute propane of 5,000 US gal (18,927 litres) in fixed water capacity or less, or natural gas of less than 4.5 metric tons of total capacity and $10,000,000 for an installation independent of a building and intended to store or distribute propane of more than 5,000 US gal (18,927 litres) in fixed water capacity, or natural gas of 4.5 metric tons or more of total capacity to cover damage caused to another person as a result of fault or negligence in the operation of the installation. The insurance must provide for a commitment by the insurer to inform the Board of the insurer’s intention to terminate the contract or modify the status of the policy.

An attestation of the insurer to the effect that the insurance meets the requirements of the first paragraph must be sent to the Board with the application for the issue, modification or renewal of the operation permit.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

85. The holder of an operation permit must notify the Board in writing of the cancellation of the holder’s insurance or of any change made to it.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

DIVISION X CONTRIBUTIONS

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

86. The owner or operator of an undertaking that distributes gas, except the owner or operator referred to in section 87, must pay the Board, each month, an amount $0.472 per 1,000 m3 of gas sold in Québec.

The volume of gas is based on a higher heating value of 37.89 MJ/m3 adjusted to the absolute pressure of 101.325 kPa and a temperature of 15 °C.

An undertaking does not have to pay the monthly fees on the volume of gas bought from an undertaking having paid the fees on the same volume of gas.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

87. The wholesale owner or operator of an undertaking for the bulk distribution of liquefied petroleum gas sold in Québec must pay the Board, each month, an amount of $0.916 per 1,000 litres or fraction of 1,000 litres of liquefied petroleum gas sold in Québec.

The volume of liquefied petroleum gas is adjusted at a temperature of 15 °C.

For the purposes of this section,

“liquefied petroleum gas sold in Québec” means, in the case of a wholesale owner or operator of an undertaking for the bulk distribution of liquefied petroleum gas, the volume of liquefied petroleum gas sold in Québec excluding the volume bought from a wholesale owner or operator of an undertaking for the bulk distribution of liquefied petroleum gas;

“wholesale owner or operator of an undertaking for the bulk distribution of liquefied petroleum gas” means any person or partnership operating an undertaking for the storage, sale or distribution of liquefied petroleum gas in Québec and buying liquefied petroleum gas from a producer in Québec or from a source outside Québec for resale in Québec.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

88. Every gas distribution undertaking must keep an up-to-date list of the names and addresses of its customers.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

DIVISION XI OFFENCES

O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

89. Any violation of any of the provisions of this Chapter, except sections 77, 86 and 87, constitutes an offence.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 992-2018, s. 1.

CHAPTER IV ELEVATORS AND OTHER LIFTS

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

DIVISION I INTERPRETATION

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

90. In this Chapter, unless the context indicates otherwise,

“Code” means the “Code de sécurité sur les ascenseurs et monte-charge, CAN/CSA B44-00”, including the updates of June, November and December 2003, or “CSA Standard CAN/CSA B44-00: Safety Code for Elevators”, including the updates of September 2002, May and December 2003, referred to in Chapter IV of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) made under the Building Act (chapter B-1.1), as amended by Division VII of that Chapter;

“elevator” means an elevator, a freight elevator, a dumbwaiter, an escalator, a moving walk and a material lift referred to and defined in the Code;

“lift” means a lift referred to and defined in the standard;

“standard” means the standard “Appareils élévateurs pour personnes handicapées, CAN/CSA B355-00”, including the amendments in “B355S1-02 Supplément n° 1 à CAN/CSA B355-00 Appareils élévateurs pour personnes handicapées” and the updates of March 2002 and October 2003, or “CSA Standard CAN/CSA B355-00: Lifts for Persons with Physical Disabilities”, including the amendments in “B355S1-02 Supplement No. 1 to CAN/CSA-B355-00, Lifts for Persons with Physical Disabilities” and the updates of March 2002 and October 2003, referred to in Chapter IV of the Construction Code.

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

DIVISION II GENERAL

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

91. An elevator or other lift shall be used for the purposes for which it was designed and be maintained in safe and proper working condition.

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

92. Any required rectification shall be made to an elevator or other lift when hazardous operating conditions have developed due to, in particular, intensive use, wear and tear, obsolescence or alterations.

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

DIVISION III MAINTENANCE STANDARDS

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

93. An elevator or other lift shall be maintained in accordance with the provisions of c8.6.12 of the Code or those of Appendix B to the standard.

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

94. A log pertaining to the maintenance provided for in c8.6.12 of the Code or Appendix B to the standard, and up-to-date wiring diagrams shall be maintained in the machine room by the owner of an elevator or other lift.

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

DIVISION IV LEVIES AND FEES

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

95. A levy of $86.91 per elevator or other lift shall be paid annually to the Régie du bâtiment du Québec by the owner of an elevator or other lift. However, the owner shall pay a levy of $172.53 for the year during which an elevator or other lift is put into service.

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1; O.C. 1154-2004.

96. The following fees shall be paid to the Board by the owner for the inspection of an elevator or other lift no later than 30 days after the invoice date:

(1)  in the case of an elevator or other lift other than an inclined elevator:

(a)  $145.29 where the elevator or other lift serves ten landings or fewer; and

(b)  $145.29 plus $12.97 per landing in excess of the tenth landing, where the elevator serves more than 10 landings;

(2)  in the case of an inclined elevator, $145.29 per hour or fraction of an hour.

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

97. Every owner shall pay to the Board inspection fees of $145.29 per hour or fraction of an hour for the inspection of an elevator or other lift carried out following the issue of a remedial notice provided for in section 122 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1).

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

98. The owner shall allow the Board to affix an identification plate to an elevator or other lift.

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

DIVISION V PENAL

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

99. Any contravention of any of the provisions of this Chapter, except the provisions of sections 95 to 97, constitutes an offence.

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

CHAPTER V PASSENGER ROPEWAYS

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

DIVISION I INTERPRETATION

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

100. In this Chapter, unless the context indicates otherwise,

“passenger ropeway” means a passenger ropeway referred to in the standard;

“standard” means the standard “Remontées mécaniques, CAN/CSA Z98-01, Avril 2002”, including the amendments in “Z98S1-02 Supplément no 1 à la norme CAN/CSA-Z98-01 Remontées mécaniques, Février 2003” and the updates of July 2002 and October 2003, or “CSA Standard CAN/CSA Z98-01: Passenger Ropeways, June 2001”, including the amendments in “Z98S1-02 Supplement No. 1 to CAN/CSA-Z98-01 Passenger Ropeways, December 2002” and the updates of July 2002 and October 2003, published by the Canadian Standards Association, referred to in Chapter VII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) made under the Building Act (chapter B-1.1), as amended by Division V of that Chapter.

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

DIVISION II GENERAL

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

101. A passenger ropeway shall be used for the purposes for which it was designed and be maintained in safe and proper working condition.

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

102. The vicinity of a passenger ropeway may not be altered in such manner that the passenger ropeway no longer complies with Chapter VII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

103. Any required rectification shall be made to a passenger ropeway when hazardous operating conditions have developed due to, in particular, intensive use, wear and tear, obsolescence or alterations.

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

DIVISION III OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

104. The inspection, periodic testing, operation and maintenance of a passenger ropeway shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of the standard.

O.C. 896-2004, ss. 1 and 3.

105. A new passenger ropeway or a passenger ropeway that has been altered or renovated may be put into service only if the certificate provided for in section 7.04 of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) has been sent to the Board.

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

DIVISION IV LEVIES AND FEES

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

106. A levy shall be paid annually to the Board by the owner of a passenger ropeway no later than 30 days after the invoice date:

(1)  in the case of an above-surface ropeway or a reversible passenger ropeway: $696.65; or

(2)  in the case another passenger ropeway: $310.05.

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

107. The owner shall allow the Board to affix an identification plate to a passenger ropeway.

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

DIVISION V PENAL

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

108. Any contravention of any of the provisions of this Chapter, except the provisions of section 106, constitutes an offence.

O.C. 896-2004, s. 1.

CHAPTER VI PETROLEUM EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

DIVISION I DEFINITIONS

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 1.

109. In this Chapter, unless the context indicates otherwise,

“cargo tank” means a tank having one or more compartments fixed to a truck, a railway car, a trailer or a semi-trailer and used to transport, transfer or dispense petroleum products; (citerne)

“container” means a container that holds less than 45 litres; (contenant)

“fuelling area” means the part of the dispensing area situated opposite each motor fuel dispenser where vehicles stop to be refuelled; (aire de ravitaillement)

“portable tank” means a container that holds not less than 45 litres and not more than 225 litres and is designed to be moved; (réservoir portatif)

“reception area” means the area around the fill pipe of an underground tank and around the site of an aboveground tank; (aire de réception)

“service area” means the space in a building used for servicing or repairing vehicles. (aire d’entretien)

In this Chapter, “airport outlet”, “booth”, “bulk plant”, “designated location”, “first storey”, “flash point”, “high-risk petroleum equipment”, “marina outlet”, “motor fuel dispensing outlet”, “petroleum equipment”, “pipeline”, “recognized person”, “self-serve facility”, “service centre”, “storey”, “tank”, “unattended self-serve facility”, “underground piping”, “underground tank” and “user outlet” have the meaning assigned in section 8.01 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 2.

110. For the purposes of this Chapter, petroleum products and their classes are those listed in section 8.02 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 3.

DIVISION II SCOPE

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 4.

111. This Chapter applies to a petroleum equipment installation, including its vicinity.

This Chapter does not apply to

(1)  internal combustion engines, fuel burning appliance or any other equipment or device intended to use a petroleum product;

(2)  an installation intended to use a petroleum product to provide the motive power of a vehicle or of any other mobile device or equipment.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 4.

DIVISION III REGULATIONS AND TECHNICAL STANDARDS APPLICABLE DEPENDING ON THE PETROLEUM EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 5.

112. In this Chapter, a reference to a regulation other than the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2), or a technical standard developed by a body other than the Board, refers to the text applicable at the time of the construction or alteration of the petroleum equipment installation. The foregoing also applies when a section of this Chapter refers to a section of the Construction Code which refers to a technical standard developed by a body other than the Board.

Subject to the first paragraph, a reference in this Chapter to the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) refers, in the case of a petroleum equipment installation built or altered before 1 April 2007, to the provisions of the Construction Code as they read on 1 April 2007 under (O.C. 220-2007, 2007-02-21), and in the case of a petroleum equipment installation built or altered on 1 April 2007 or after that date, to the text applicable at the time of the construction or alteration of the petroleum equipment installation.

Despite the first and second paragraphs, the most recent text, including any amendment, must be applied where reference is made to one of the following standards:

(1)  CFA, “Colour-Symbol System to Mark Equipment and Vehicles for Product Identification”, published by the Canadian Fuels Association;

(2)  CAN/ULC-S676, Standard for Refurbishing of Storage Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by the Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada;

(3)  CSA B836, Storage, handling and dispensing of aviation fuels at aerodromes, published by the CSA Group;

(4)  CAN/CSA-Z662, Oil and Gas Pipeline Systems, published by the CSA Group, with regard to the maintenance, use, operation and safety requirements;

(5)  NFCC, National Fire Code of Canada, published by the Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes of the National Research Council of Canada, with regard to a portable container or tank;

(6)  EPA/530/UST-90/004, Standard Test Procedures for Evaluating Leak Detection Methods: Volumetric Tank Tightness Testing Methods, published by the Environmental Protection Agency;

(7)  EPA/530/UST-90/007, Standard Test Procedures for Evaluating Leak Detection Methods: Statistical Inventory Reconciliation Methods, published by the Environmental Protection Agency;

(8)  NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, published by the National Fire Protection Association;

(9)  Transportation of Dangerous Substances Regulation (chapter C-24.2, r. 43).

For the purposes of the third paragraph, amendments and editions of the technical standards published after 7 April 2018 apply to petroleum equipment installations only from the last day of the sixth month following the publication of the French and English versions of those texts. Where those versions are not published at the same time, the period runs from the date of publication of the last version. If the amendments or editions are in one language, the period runs from their publication.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 6.

113. Where referenced requirements are inconsistent with the requirements of any provision of this Chapter, the latter prevail.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

113.1. A petroleum equipment installation must comply with this Chapter, except for

(1)  a petroleum equipment installation intended to store oil to supply a fuel burning appliance or intended to store diesel fuel to supply an engine that must comply with the regulation that was applicable to it at the time of its construction or alteration, with Divisions I to V and XI of this Chapter and with the requirements applicable to the testing of the operating performance, maintenance, use, operation and safety provided for in Divisions VI to VIII of this Chapter;

(2)  a petroleum equipment installation located inside a building and intended to store fuel to supply a fuel distributor or intended to store fuel to supply an engine that must comply with the regulation that was applicable to it at the time of its construction or alteration, with Divisions I to V and XI of this Chapter and with the requirements applicable to the testing of the operating performance, maintenance, use, operation and safety provided for in Divisions VI to IX of this Chapter;

(3)  a pipeline built after 6 April 2018 that must comply with CAN/CSA Standard Z662, Oil and Gas Pipeline Systems, published by the CSA Group, and with Divisions I to V and XI of this Chapter; and

(4)  a portable container and tank that must comply with Sections 4.2 and 4.6 of Division B of the NFCC, National Fire Code of Canada, published by the Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes of the National Research Council of Canada, and with subdivisions 1 to 3 of Division VII and with Divisions I to V and XI of this Chapter.

O.C. 88-2018, s. 7.

113.2. The technical standards developed by another body and referenced in this Chapter are indicated in the table below.

TABLE 1

REFERENCED TECHNICAL STANDARDS DEVELOPED BY ANOTHER BODY

Designation	Title	Reference
ACC - Association canadienne des carburants / Canadian Fuels Association
CFA	Colour-Symbol System to Mark Equipment and Vehicles for Product Identification	112, 3rd paragraph, subpar. 1 219 258 (via 8.194 of the Construction Code)
API - American Petroleum Institute
API 5L	Specification for Line Pipe	166 (via 8.25, 1st paragraph subpar. 1, of the Construction Code) 168, 1st paragraph (via 8.25, 1st paragraph, subpar. 1, of the Construction Code)
API 650	Welded Tanks for Oil Storage	166 (via 8.24, par. 5 of the Construction Code)
API 1542	Identification Markings for Dedicated Aviation Fuel Manufacturing and Distribution Facilities, Airport Storage and Mobile Fuelling Equipment	250 (via 8.188 of the Construction Code)
API 2000	Venting Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage Tanks	205 (via 8.102 of the Construction Code)
ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASME B16.5	Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS ½ through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard	201 (via 8.107, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code)
ASME B31.3	Process Piping	166 (via 8.25, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code) 168, 1st paragraph (via 8.25, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code)
ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials International
ASTM A53/A53M	Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc- Coated, Welded and Seamless	166 (via 8.25, 1st paragraph, subpar. 2, of the Construction Code) 168, 1st paragraph (via 8.25, 1st paragraph, subpar. 2, of the Construction Code)
ASTM A193/A193M	Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications	201 (via 8.109, 1st paragraph, of the Construction Code)
ASTM D56	Standard Test Method for Flash Point by Tag Closed Cup Tester	110 (via 8.02, par. 3, subpar. a, of the Construction Code)
ASTM D93	Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester	110 (via 8.02, par. 3, subpars. b and c), of the Construction Code)
NRCC - Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes (National Research Council of Canada)
NFCC	National Fire Code - Canada	112, 3rd paragraph, subpar. 5 113.1, subpar. 4 117, 1st paragraph, subpar. 7
Groupe CSA / CSA Group
CSA B139 Series	Installation code for oil-burning equipment	117, 1st paragraph, subpar. 6
CSA B346	Power-Operated Dispensing Devices for Flammable Liquids	225, 1st paragraph
CSA B836	Storage, handling, and dispensing of aviation fuels at aerodromes	112, 3rd paragraph, subpar. 3 252
CSA Z245.1	Steel Pipe	166(via 8.25, 1st paragraph, subpar. 3, of the Construction Code) 168, 1st paragraph(via 8.25, 1st paragraph, subpar. 3, of the Construction Code)
CAN/CSA-Z662	Oil and Gas Pipeline Systems	112, 3rd paragraph, subpar. 4 113.1, subpar. 3 119.2, subpar. 1.1 201(via 8.103 of the Construction Code)
EPA - Environmental Protection Agency
EPA/530/UST-90/004	Standard Test Procedures for Evaluating Leak Detection Methods : Volumetric Tank Tightness Testing Methods	112, 3rd paragraph subpar. 6 142, 1st paragraph(via 8.130, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code) 143, 2nd paragraph (via 8.130, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code) 145, 1st paragraph (via 8.130, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code) 177, 2nd paragraph, subpar. 1 (via 8.130, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code) 178(via 8.130, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code) 215, 2nd paragraph (via 8.130, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code) 217, 1st paragraph(via 8.130, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code) Schedule I (section 215)(via 8.130, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code)
EPA/530/UST-90/007	Standard Test Procedures for Evaluating Leak Detection Methods : Statistical Inventory Reconciliation Methods	112, 3rd paragraph, subpar. 7 142, 1st paragraph (via 8.130, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code) 143, 2nd paragraph (via 8.130, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code) 145, 1st paragraph (via 8.130, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code) 177, 2nd paragraph, subpar. 1 (via 8.130, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code) 178 (via 8.130, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code) 215, 2nd paragraph (via 8.130, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code) 217, 1st paragraph (via 8.130, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code) Schedule I (section 215) (via 8.130, 2nd paragraph, of the Construction Code)
NACE International - National Association of Corrosion Engineers
NACE SP0169	Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems	139, subpar. 1 b) 215, 1st paragraph (via 8.42, par. 2, of the Construction Code) 215, 2nd paragraph Schedule I (section 215)
NACE SP0285	Corrosion Control of Underground Storage Tank Systems by Cathodic Protection	139, subpar. 1 b) 215, 1st paragraph (via 8.42, par. 2, of the Construction Code) 215, 2nd paragraph Schedule I (section 215)
NFPA - National Fire Protection Association
NFPA 30	Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code	112, 3rd paragraph, subpar. 8 182 (via 8.65, par. 4, of the Construction Code) 194
ULC - Laboratoires des assureurs du Canada / Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada
CAN/ULC-S601	Standard for Shop Fabricated Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids	166 (via 8.24, par. 1, of the Construction Code)
CAN/ULC-S603	Standard for Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids	166 (via 8.23, 1st paragraph, subpar. 1, of the Construction Code)
CAN/ULC-S603.1	External Corrosion Protection Systems for Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids	139, subpar. 1 a) 166 (via 8.23, 1st paragraph, subpar. 2, of the Construction Code) 215, 1st paragraph
CAN/ULC-S612	Standard for Hose and Hose Assemblies for Flammable and Combustible Liquids	233
CAN/ULC-S615	Standard for Fibre Reinforced Plastic Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids	166 (via 8.23, 1st paragraph, subpar. 3, of the Construction Code)
CAN/ULC-S620	Standard for Hose Nozzle Valves for Flammable and Combustible Liquids	218 (via 8.154 of the Construction Code)
CAN/ULC-S651	Standard for Emergency Valves for Flammable and Combustible Liquids	201 (via 8.115 of the Construction Code)
CAN/ULC-S653	Standard for Aboveground Horizontal Steel Contained Tank Assemblies for Flammable and Combustible Liquids	117, 1st paragraph, subpars. 3, 4 and 5 (via 8.143 of the Construction Code) 166 (via 8.24, par. 2, of the Construction Code) 218 (via 8.143 of the Construction Code)
CAN/ULC-S655	Standard for Aboveground Protected Tank Assemblies for Flammable and Combustible Liquids	166 (via 8.24, par. 3, of the Construction Code)
CAN/ULC-S660	Standard for Nonmetallic Underground Piping for Flammable and Combustible Liquids	167 168, 1st paragraph
CAN/ULC-S661	Standard for Overfill Protection Devices for Flammable and Combustible Liquid Storage Tanks	117, 1st paragraph, subpars. 3 and 4 (via 8.125, par. 1, of the Construction Code), and; (via 8.127 of the Construction Code) 183 (via 8.61, par. 1, subpar. a, of the Construction Code) 189 (via 8.61, par. 1, subpar. a, of the Construction Code) 201 (via 8.125, par. 1, of the Construction Code), and; (via 8.127 of the Construction Code) 249, 2nd paragraph (via 8.61, par. 1, subpar. a, of the Construction Code)
CAN/ULC-S663	Standard for Spill Containment Devices for Flammable and Combustible Liquid Aboveground Storage Tank	183 (via 8.61, par. 1, subpar. a, of the Construction Code) 189 (via 8.61, par. 1, subpar. a, of the Construction Code 249, 2nd paragraph (via 8.61, par. 1, subpar. a, of the Construction Code)
CAN/ULC-S664	Standard for Containment Sumps, Sump Fittings, and Accessories for Flammable and Combustible Liquids	117, 1st par., subpars. 3, 4 and 5 (via 8.127 and 8.143 of the Construction Code) 201 (via 8.127 of the Construction Code) 218 (via 8.143 of the Construction Code)
CAN/ULC-S668	Standard for Liners Used for Secondary Containment of Aboveground Flammable and Combustible Liquid Tanks	191 (via 8.62, par. 5, subpar. a, of the Construction Code)
CAN/ULC-S675.1	Standard for Volumetric Leak Detection Devices for Underground and Aboveground Storage Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids	172, 2nd paragraph 174, 1st paragraph (via 8.29, par. 2, of the Construction Code)
CAN/ULC-S675.2	Standard for Nonvolumetric Precision Leak Detection Devices for Underground and Aboveground Storage Tanks and Piping for Flammable and Combustible Liquids	168, 2nd paragraph 172, 2nd paragraph 174, 1st paragraph (via 8.29, par. 2, of the Construction Code)
CAN/ULC-S676	Standard for Refurbishing of Storage Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids	112, 3rd paragraph, subpar. 2 180 199, subpar. 1
CAN/ULC-S677	Standard for Fire Tested Aboveground Tank Assemblies for Flammable and Combustible Liquids	166 (via 8.24, par. 4, of the Construction Code)
ULC/ORD-C107.12	Line Leak Detection Devices for Flammable Liquid Piping	168, 2nd paragraph
ULC/ORD-C842	Guide for the Investigation of Valves for Flammable and Combustible Liquids	201 (via 8.115 of the Construction Code)

O.C. 88-2018, s. 7.

DIVISION IV REGISTER, ATTESTATION AND PERMITS

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 1 . — Register

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

114. The owner of a petroleum equipment installation that includes at least one component that is high-risk petroleum equipment must keep in a register or append thereto, as the case may be, the following information and documents:

(1)  during the existence of the petroleum equipment, a copy of the plans relating to all construction work carried out on the equipment and all technical information relating to the alterations made to the equipment;

(2)  for at least 10 years,

(a)  inspection certificates issued by a certified inspector under section 52 of the Act respecting petroleum products and equipment (chapter P-29.1) and certificates of conformity or safety produced by a recognized person;

(b)  the information listed in paragraph 9 of section 121;

(c)  notices of correction given to a permit holder under section 92 of the Act respecting petroleum products and equipment as it read on 31 March 2007 or remedial notices given by the Régie du bâtiment du Québec under section 122 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1);

(d)  corrosion protection system inspection reports;

(e)  leak detection system inspection reports;

(f)  leak detection test reports;

(g)  operating performance monitoring reports, tests, inspections, water dips required under section 143 and a description of the measures taken to meet, where applicable, the requirements of sections 139 to 142, 145 to 153, 191 and 230;

(h)  periods during which the equipment was not used; and

(i)  a description of any measure taken to meet, if applicable, the requirements of sections 175, 176 and 181; and

(3)  for at least 2 years,

(a)  copies of petroleum product purchase, delivery, sale and withdrawal records;

(b)  gauge readings of the product, water dip readings in the tanks and readings of dispenser meters;

(c)  calculations allowing the monthly determination of any gain or loss of product if gauging of petroleum products is required under this Chapter; and

(d)  dates on which draining was carried out, the quantity that was drained and the name of the person or enterprise that carried out the draining.

For heating fuel oil tanks, diesel tanks and diesel tanks containing biodiesel used to supply a generator set, only the documents in subparagraph a of subparagraph 3 of the first paragraph need be retained for a minimum of 2 years.

The register must be made available to the Board or a recognized person.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 8.

§ 2 . — Certificates of conformity

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

115. The owner of a petroleum equipment installation that includes at least one component that is high-risk petroleum equipment must provide the Board at the following inspection intervals with a certificate of conformity of the equipment that meets the requirements of section 117, produced and signed by a recognized person:

(1)  for underground petroleum equipment

(a)  having a double wall without an automatic leak detection system or having a single wall, every 2 years; or

(b)  for heating fuel oil or having a double wall with an automatic leak detection system, every 4 years;

(2)  for bulk plants, every 2 years; and

(3)  for aboveground petroleum equipment, every 6 years.

This section does not apply to the owner of a pipeline. However, the owner must implement a quality control program approved by the Board in accordance with section 119.2.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 9.

116. The inspection required for the certificate of conformity referred to in section 115 must be carried out within 12 months before the end of the period covered by the certificate.

The inspection period referred to in section 115 starts on the expiry date of the first permit issued at the address of the site where the high-risk petroleum equipment covered by the permit is situated. The inspection period for equipment existing before 1 April 2007 remains the same as the period applicable before that date.

If new high-risk petroleum equipment is erected at the address for which the owner holds a permit, the inspection period required for the equipment must be adjusted to coincide with the current period.

If high-risk petroleum equipment installed at the same address has different inspection periods, the shorter period takes precedence.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

117. The recognized person is to certify

(1)  that he or she has verified the register referred to in section 114 and that the register is in compliance with the requirements of that section;

(2)  that he or she has searched for signs of leaks to ensure that the high-risk petroleum equipment does not leak and is not a hazard to public safety;

(3)  that, in the case of underground high-risk petroleum equipment, he or she has examined the operation of the equipment and inventories to ensure that they meet the requirements of sections 145, 175, 176, the second paragraph of section 177, sections 178, 215, the first paragraph of section 217, sections 227 to 229, the first paragraph of section 238, sections 247, 249, 253 and 257 of this Chapter and the requirements of section 8.95, the third paragraph of section 8.96 with respect to impact protection, sections 8.97, 8.124, 8.125, 8.127, 8.128, 8.142, 8.143, 8.146, subparagraph 1 of the first paragraph of section 8.153, sections 8.156, 8.159, 8.160, the second and third paragraphs of section 8.162, sections 8.164, 8.165, the first and second paragraphs of section 8.166, sections 8.168, 8.170, 8.172, 8.180, 8.183 and 8.185 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2);

(4)  that, in the case of high-risk petroleum equipment in a bulk plant, he or she has examined the operation of the petroleum equipment to ensure that it meets the requirements of sections 145, 175, 176, the second paragraph of section 177, sections 178, 190, the first paragraph of section 192, section 196, the first paragraph of section 197, sections 202, 205, the second paragraph of section 209, section 215, the first paragraph of section 217, sections 226 to 229, the first paragraph of section 230, sections 257, 263, 265, 267, 268, 270 and 278 of this Chapter and the requirements of section 8.47 with respect to aboveground tanks, sections 8.64, paragraph 1 of section 8.65, section 8.93, the third paragraph of section 8.96 with respect to impact protection, sections 8.97, 8.108, paragraph 4 of section 8.113, paragraphs 1, 4 and 6 of section 8.116, sections 8.124, 8.125, 8.127, 8.128, 8.142, 8.143, 8.146, 8.156, 8.195, 8.198, the first paragraph of section 8.199, section 8.200 with respect to manual valves, sections 8.204, 8.209, 8.211, 8.213, 8.215, paragraph 4 of section 8.217 and paragraph 5 of that section except with respect to the references to paragraphs 1 and 2 mentioned therein, of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code;

(5)  that, in the case of aboveground high-risk petroleum equipment other than in bulk plants, he or she has examined the operation of the equipment to ensure that it meets the requirements of section 188 but only with respect to the first paragraph of section 8.60 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code, section 189, the first and second paragraphs of section 192, section 196, the second paragraph of section 197, sections 202, 205, the second paragraph of section 209, the first paragraph of section 217, sections 227 to 229, the first paragraph of section 230, the second paragraph of section 232, the first paragraph of section 238, sections 246, 247, 249, paragraph 3 of section 251, sections 253 and 257 of this Chapter and the requirements of sections 8.53, 8.56, 8.57, 8.64, paragraph 1 of section 8.65, sections 8.72, 8.93, 8.95, the first and second paragraphs of section 8.96 with respect to Class 1 petroleum products and the third paragraph of section 8.96 with respect to impact protection, sections 8.97, 8.108, paragraphs 1 to 4 and 6 of section 8.116, sections 8.142, 8.143, 8.146, subparagraph 1 of the first paragraph of section 8.153, sections 8.156, 8.159, 8.160, the second and third paragraphs of section 8.162, sections 8.164, 8.165, the first and second paragraphs of section 8.166, sections 8.168, 8.170, paragraph 4 of section 8.178, sections 8.180, 8.183 and 8.185 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code;

(6)  that, in the case of high-risk petroleum equipment covered by CSA Standard B139, Installation Code for Oil- Burning Equipment, published by CSA Group, he or she has examined the operation of the equipment to ensure that it meets the requirements of that standard; and

(7)  that, in the case of high-risk petroleum equipment located inside a building and not covered by subparagraph 6, he or she has examined the operation of the equipment to ensure that it meets the requirements in Part 4 of Division B of the NFCC, National Fire Code of Canada, published by the Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes of the National Research Council of Canada.

Otherwise, the recognized person must inform the owner of any irregularities found and the reasons for refusing to produce the required certificate of conformity. The person must also inform the Board within 30 days.

The certificate must also contain a description of the high-risk petroleum equipment inspected, its type, make, model and capacity, the petroleum product it is to contain, the address of the place where it is situated, the date of signature, the name, address, telephone number, professional order membership number or the number of the temporary permit issued pursuant to the Engineers Act (chapter I-9) of the recognized person who produced the certificate. The certificate may be produced on the form provided for that purpose by the Board.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 10.

118. Persons who meet the requirements of sections 8.13 and 8.14 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) may be recognized by the Board to produce and sign the certificate of conformity required under section 115.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

119. The recognition of a person may be revoked by the Board for the reasons listed in section 8.15 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

119.1. The owner of a petroleum equipment installation who implements a quality control program for high-risk petroleum equipment, approved by the Board, is exempted from providing, for that equipment, the certificate of conformity provided for in section 115.

O.C. 1260-2012, s. 1.

119.2. The Board approves a quality control program where the following conditions are met:

(1)  in the case of high-risk petroleum equipment other than a pipeline, the program consists of a process for the verification of the conformity of high-risk petroleum equipment that provides quality and safety at least equivalent to that sought by paragraph 2 of section 117 and, according to the type of equipment, by paragraph 3, 4 or 5 of that section;

(1.1)  in the case of a pipeline, the program meets the applicable requirements of CAN/CSA Standard Z662, Oil and Gas Pipeline Systems, published by the CSA Group;

(2)  the owner undertakes to implement the program as soon as it is approved, and to send to the Board each year a management report and a register of the inspections carried out to ensure that implementation;

(3)  the person in charge of the program and the verification of the conformity of high-risk petroleum equipment

(a)  carries on professional activities related to the inspection, monitoring or design of petroleum equipment installations;

(b)  is an engineer who is a member of the Ordre des ingénieurs du Québec or a professional technologist who holds a licence issued by the Ordre des technologues professionnels du Québec;

(c)  has sufficient independence to determine the problems related to quality control, and apply the required solutions;

(4)  except in the case of a pipeline, the owner holds a permit for the use of high-risk petroleum equipment covered by the program, issued by the Board;

(5)  the owner pays to the Board the fee payable under section 130.1.

O.C. 1260-2012, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 11.

119.3. The approval by the Board of a quality control program is valid for a period of 5 years.

O.C. 1260-2012, s. 1.

119.4. The owner applying for the approval of a quality control program or the renewal of such approval must provide the Board with the following information and documents:

(1)  a copy of the program, signed by the owner;

(2)  a description of the high-risk petroleum equipment covered by the program, and a list of permits for its use issued for such equipment;

(3)  the name of the person in charge of the program and of the person in charge of the verification of the conformity of petroleum equipment, the professional order membership number and the number of years of experience they acquired in activities related to the inspection, monitoring or design of petroleum equipment installations;

(4)  the determination of financial resources allocated to the program;

(5)  an undertaking to implement the program as soon as it is approved and to send to the Board each year the management report and the register of the inspections provided for in paragraph 2 of section 119.2.

Every application must include the fee payable under section 130.1 and an attestation that the information provided under the first paragraph of this section is true, and be signed by the owner.

Required information and documents previously provided to the Board need not be re-filed if the owner attests to their accuracy and completeness.

O.C. 1260-2012, s. 1.

119.5. The owner whose quality control program was approved must notify the Board immediately of any change in the information or documents provided under section 119.4.

O.C. 1260-2012, s. 1.

119.6. The owner who ceases to implement an approved quality control program must so notify the Board immediately.

O.C. 1260-2012, s. 1.

119.7. The Board withdraws its approval of a quality control program

(1)  where the owner ceases to implement it;

(2)  where one of the conditions for the approval of the program provided for in section 119.2 is no longer met;

(3)  where the owner does not fulfill his or her commitment to send to the Board each year the management report and the register of the inspections provided for in paragraph 2 of section 119.2;

(4)  where the owner made false or misleading statements concerning the program or its implementation.

O.C. 1260-2012, s. 1.

119.8. The exemption provided for in section 119.1 ends as soon as the high-risk petroleum equipment to which it applies ceases to be covered by a quality control program approved by the Board.

The owner must then provide the Board with a certificate of conformity of that equipment at the periods of verification of 2 years, 4 years or 6 years according to the type of equipment, provided for in the first paragraph of section 115, the periods starting on the date of expiry of the permit for the use of the equipment.

Where the exemption ends and at least 6 months remain before the date of expiry of the permit, the owner must also provide the Board with a certificate of conformity before that date.

O.C. 1260-2012, s. 1.

§ 3 . — Permits

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

120. The owner of a petroleum equipment installation that includes at least one component that is high-risk petroleum equipment must obtain a permit for the use of all the high-risk petroleum equipment situated at the same address, until the equipment is removed from its respective place of use.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

121. The owner of a petroleum equipment installation applying for the issue or renewal of a permit must provide the Board with the following information and documents:

(1)  the owner’s name, home address and, where applicable, the business number assigned to the owner under the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises (chapter P-44.1);

(2)  if the application is made on behalf of a partnership or a legal person, the name of the partnership or legal person, the address of its head office and, where applicable, the business number referred to in paragraph 1;

(3)  the address and telephone number of the site where the petroleum equipment covered by the application is situated if the address is different from the address of domicile or head office;

(4)  if a certificate is required, the date of the certificate produced by a recognized person referred to in section 118 since the last application for the issue or renewal of a permit and the date on which the owner was informed by a recognized person of any irregularity; the owner must also provide the professional order membership number or temporary permit number of the person or the certification number of the certified inspector, where applicable;

(4.1)  if the application concerns a pipeline, a quality control program in accordance with the requirements of sections 119.2 and 119.4;

(5)  the characteristics of the petroleum equipment covered by the application, in particular

(a)  the storage capacity in litres;

(b)  the nature of the petroleum products stored or intended to be stored;

(c)  the date of installation and the name and address of the contractor or owner-builder who installed the equipment;

(d)  the year of manufacture and the name and address of the manufacturer;

(e)  the automatic leak detection systems on high-risk petroleum equipment; and

(f)  a description of the location of all high-risk petroleum equipment on the site;

(6)  a declaration from the owner stating that the application information is accurate and complete;

(7)  the date of the owner’s signature;

(8)  the certificate of conformity required; and

(9)  in the case of an application for renewal, a declaration of the events having affected the equipment during the permit validity period, including

(a)  all petroleum product leaks and spills greater than 100 litres;

(b)  all explosions and fires related to petroleum equipment;

(c)  all failures in storage or dispensing equipment that are a hazard to public safety; and

(d)  the date of the event and the extent of the damages.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 12.

122. A permit modification application must contain

(1)  the information required under paragraphs 6 to 8 of section 121; and

(2)  a description of the new equipment installed or the alterations made to the equipment covered by the permit.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

123. At the time an application for the issue, modification or renewal of a permit is made, required information and documents previously provided to the Board need not be re-filed if the owner attests to their current accuracy and completeness.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

124. The Board issues or renews a permit on the following conditions:

(1)  the owner has provided the information and documents required under section 121;

(2)  the application for issue or renewal has been received and the fees have been paid to the Board;

(3)  the owner has complied with all the provisions of this Chapter that apply to the petroleum equipment covered by the permit application after being convicted of an offence related to the equipment, or with a suppletory measure required under section 122 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1);

(4)  when applying for a renewal, the owner declares that the requirements of Division VI to ensure the testing of the operating performance of the high-risk petroleum equipment covered by the permit are met;

(5)  the certificate of conformity or safety accompanying the permit application has not been produced on the basis of inaccurate or misleading information;

(5.1)  in the case of a pipeline, the quality control program has been approved by the Board; and

(6)  the certificate submitted has been produced by a recognized person.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 13.

125. A permit may only be modified by the Board at the request of an owner if

(1)  the name of the owner of the high-risk petroleum equipment or the address of the site where the equipment is situated has changed; or

(2)  a change to the petroleum equipment covered by the permit during the permit validity period invalidates the permit or the certificates of conformity submitted.

The modification application must be accompanied by the required certificate of conformity, where applicable, and the fees payable to the Board.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

126. The owner must inform the Board of any change resulting in inaccuracy or incompleteness of the information, the certificate of conformity or the other documents submitted with the application for the issue, renewal or modification of the permit.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

127. The holder of a permit must post the permit in public view at the address where the petroleum equipment covered by the permit is situated.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

128. The term of a permit is 24 months; a permit may, however, be issued for a period shorter than 24 months to meet

(1)  the expiry dates of the permits issued to the same holder in the same administrative region;

(2)  the expiry dates of the various permits for petroleum equipment situated at the same address;

(3)  the period of use of the petroleum equipment for an activity whose expected duration is shorter than 2 years;

(4)  the period required to obtain an approval or authorization from the Board under sections 127 and 128 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1) that may not be obtained before the expiry of the current permit; or

(5)  the period required to perform inspections or the work that may not be performed during the winter and before the expiry of the current permit.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

129. A permit is suspended for so long as the holder does not comply with an order made under section 123 or 124 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 4 . — Fees

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

130. The fee payable for the issue or renewal of a 24-month permit is $158.64 to which $48.82 is added for each 10,000-litre portion of petroleum product storage capacity up to a maximum of $3,051.

If the validity period of the permit is shorter than 24 months, the fee payable is determined in proportion to the number of months of validity of the permit issued by the Board but is not lower than $103.73 per year.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

130.1. The fee payable for the application for approval of a quality control program or renewal of such approval is $2,186.58.

O.C. 1260-2012, s. 3.

DIVISION V GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL PETROLEUM EQUIPMENT

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

131. Petroleum equipment must be used for the purposes for which it is designed and must be maintained in proper and safe working order.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

132. Petroleum equipment must be used and maintained so that it does not present a risk of spillage, leakage, fire, explosion or intoxication.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

133. The owner of a petroleum installation or equipment must ensure during its operation that

(1)  the processes and equipment used are safe;

(2)  safety devices provided for that purpose are used correctly; and

(3)  the necessary precautions are taken so as to prevent risks of explosion, fire, spillage, leakage or other accidents.

The owner must also comply with the servicing, use and draining requirements applicable to the equipment or installation under this Chapter.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

134. Petroleum equipment must

(1)  be leak-proof to prevent any risk of explosion, fire, spillage or other accident;

(2)  be used so as not to endanger the life of any person or cause serious injury;

(3)  be housed to limit access to authorized persons by the owner of the equipment and to prevent any contact with objects that may increase the risk of accidents; and

(4)  have protection devices that ensure the safety of persons who have access to the equipment or who use it.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

135. The required rectification must be made if the operating conditions of the petroleum equipment are hazardous owing, in particular, to intensive use, modifications, wear and tear or obsolescence, or when a leak is detected.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

136. Petroleum equipment that does not meet the minimum requirements for use, condition or servicing in this Chapter may not be used to store or dispense a petroleum product.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

137. The owner of a petroleum equipment installation that includes high-risk petroleum equipment must inform the Board of any fire, explosion, loss of life or disaster involving petroleum equipment within 24 hours after the owner becomes aware of the incident.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

DIVISION VI TESTING OF THE OPERATING PERFORMANCE

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 1 . — Application

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

138. This Division applies to the high-risk petroleum equipment in a petroleum equipment installation.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 2 . — Inspections

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

139. Every 2 years, the owner of underground petroleum equipment must

(1)  inspect the cathodic protection performance

(a)  in the case of a sacrificial anode system, in accordance with CAN/ULC Standard S603.1, External Corrosion Protection Systems for Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada; and

(b)  in the case of an impressed current cathodic protection system where such system is an addition to an underground petroleum equipment installation, in accordance with NACE Standard SP0169 Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems or NACE Standard SP0285, Corrosion Control of Underground Storage Tank Systems by Cathodic Protection, published by Nace International; and

(2)  ensure the proper operation of the automatic petroleum products leak detection system.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 14.

140. Every year, the owner must inspect and ensure the proper operation of

(1)  the safety valves of an aboveground piping system; and

(2)  every grounding circuit in a petroleum equipment installation.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

141. The owner must ensure that every motor fuel dispenser connected to an underground tank has a meter that is calibrated at least once every 2 years.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 3 . — Leak detection tests

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

142. Where single-wall petroleum equipment is buried within 150 m from a vertical plane touching the closest outside wall of subway or pedestrian, road or railway tunnel works under construction or already completed, the owner must conduct a leak detection test every year in compliance with the second paragraph of section 8.130 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

If the leak detection test indicates a leak, all defective components in the installation must be repaired or replaced and another leak detection test must be conducted.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 4 . — Motor fuel dispensing

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

143. The owner must water dip each underground motor fuel tank every week.

The owner must also test for the presence of a petroleum product or vapours of such a product in the observation well if the tank does not have a continuous monitoring system with an alarm and, if applicable, conduct a leak detection test of the underground tank and piping that meets the requirements of the second paragraph of section 8.130 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

If the leak detection test indicates a leak, all defective components in the installation must be repaired or replaced and another leak detection test must be conducted.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

144. Every day the owner uses the equipment, the owner must

(1)  gauge all underground tanks and read all dispenser meters; and

(2)  reconcile receipt and withdrawal records for each underground tank with the daily gauge readings taken pursuant to subparagraph 1.

If, however, the owner of high-risk petroleum equipment does not use the equipment for more than one week, the owner must gauge the equipment once a week during the period the equipment is not used.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

145. The owner must conduct leak detection tests on underground tanks and piping in accordance with the second paragraph of section 8.130 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) each time one of the following occurs inexplicably:

(1)  a volume loss of at least 0.5% of the petroleum products removed from a tank or a number of tanks containing the same product over a period of 1 month;

(2)  a loss of petroleum products over at least 5 consecutive days;

(3)  a loss of petroleum products over at least 18 days in a month, if the product level is measured every day;

(4)  a loss or gain of petroleum products over at least 15 days in one month, if the product level is measured 6 days a week; or

(5)  the water level in the bottom of the tank exceeds 50 mm.

If the leak detection test indicates a leak, all defective components in the installation must be repaired or replaced and another leak detection test must be conducted.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

146. The owner must inspect each year and ensure the proper operation of each fusible safety valve and automatic leak detection system according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 5 . — Airport outlets

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

147. The owner must inspect each year the grounding system of dispensers and tanks to ensure it meets the requirements of Chapter V of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

148. The owner must inspect the inside of each tank containing aviation fuel at least once every 5 years to prevent deposit build-up.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 6 . — Bulk plant servicing and inspection

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

149. The owner must inspect each year and ensure the proper operation of each safety valve in the petroleum equipment installation.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

150. The owner must carry out a visual inspection of piping and the aboveground tank once a week to ensure they are leak-proof.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

151. The owner must test once a month the operating performance of valves, overflow controls, vents and fire protection devices.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

152. The owner must gauge or dip tanks at least once a week and, if there has been a receipt of petroleum products, the owner must gauge or dip the tanks during the day of receipt.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

153. The owner must, using the volume added and removed, reconcile the volume of petroleum products that should be in the tanks with the volume obtained by gauging; in the case of an aboveground tank having a capacity greater than 250,000 litres, the owner must also take into account the temperature of the petroleum product at the time of gauging.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

DIVISION VII PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PETROLEUM EQUIPMENT

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 1 . — Handling and prevention

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

154. The transfer of Class 1 and Class 2 petroleum products must take place at a distance of more than 5 m from a flame or any other ignition source.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

155. A Class 1 petroleum product may not be used as a cleaner or solvent.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 2 . — Petroleum product storage

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

156. In addition to the provisions of this subdivision, the owner must comply with sections 8.19 and 8.20 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

157. Class 1 and Class 2 petroleum products or substances impregnated with those products must be stored in sealed containers suitable for such products.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

158. (Revoked).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 15.

§ 3 . — Containers and portable tanks

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

159. A container or a portable tank used for petroleum products must meet the requirements for small containers in the Transportation of Dangerous Substances Regulation (chapter C-24.2, r. 43).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

160. A glass container may not be used to store a Class 1 petroleum product, except in the case of a sample of less than 1 litre.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

161. A damaged container or portable tank that presents a risk of leakage must not be used to store a petroleum product and its content, if applicable, must be transferred to an undamaged container or tank.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

162. Every petroleum product container to be distributed must bear, in legible letters, the name of the product it contains.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

163. Red must be the dominant colour on a container used for a Class 1 petroleum product.

The word “DANGER” or “INFLAMMABLE” must be legibly marked on the container and the nature of the contents must be specified.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

164. A container or a portable tank containing a petroleum product must be hermetically sealed.

In the case of a metal container or portable tank that has a pump, it is considered hermetically sealed if the pump has a vapour-tight seal.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

165. A Class 1 petroleum product must be dispensed from a portable tank with a hand pump that has a hermetic seal.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 4 . — Tank and piping

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

166. In addition to the provisions of this subdivision, the owner must comply with sections 8.23 to 8.26 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

167. Nonmetallic piping must meet the requirements of CAN/ULC-S660, Standard for Nonmetallic Underground Piping for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by the Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada. The piping must also be installed so that there are no joints in the ground.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 16.

168. Double-wall piping must consist of piping that meets the requirements of section 8.25 or 8.26 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) or section 167 of this Chapter installed inside other piping that meets the requirements of section 8.25 or 8.26 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code or the requirements of section 167 of this Chapter, or the requirements of CAN/ULC-S660, Standard for Nonmetallic Underground Piping for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada.

On a Class A site, double-wall piping must have an automatic leak detection system with a visual and audible alarm that meets the requirements of ULC/ORD Standard C107.12, Line Leak Detection Devices for Flammable Liquid Piping, or CAN/ULC-S675.2, Standard for Nonvolumetric Precision Leak Detection Devices for Underground and Aboveground Storage Tanks and Piping for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada.

Despite the foregoing, vent piping need not be double-wall piping.

For the purposes of the second paragraph, the following places are Class A sites:

(1)  a site within 1,000 m measured horizontally from a well used to collect drinking water for a residence that cannot be connected to a waterworks system, from the intake of a pipe used to supply a municipality with drinking water, from a channel used exclusively to supply a municipality with drinking water or from a well whose water is used in the making of a food product; and

(2)  a site within 50 m measured horizontally from a station, a tunnel or other underground structure necessary for the operation of a subway, a public building with one or more storeys situated below the ground floor or the first storey, as defined in the Public Buildings Safety Act (chapter S-3) or in its regulation, from an underground or semi-underground parking garage that may accommodate at least 6 vehicles and that requires mechanical ventilation in accordance with section 6.2.2.3 of Chapter I of the Construction Code.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 17.

169. The owner of a petroleum equipment installation must ensure that the fill pipe of the installation is identified in accordance with the requirements of section 219, except if the installation includes only one fill pipe connected to a tank in a heating system.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

DIVISION VIII PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO HIGH-RISK PETROLEUM EQUIPMENT

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 1 . — General

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

170. High-risk petroleum equipment may only be used if there are portable fire extinguishers in proper working order nearby.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

171. The owner must keep oil absorbents at all times on the premises where high-risk petroleum equipment is situated.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 2 . — Underground tanks

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

172. On a Class A site, as defined in section 168, the tank must have a double wall.

The double wall must have, in its interstitial space, an automatic leak detection system with a visual and audible alarm that meets the requirements of CAN/ULC-S675.1, Standard for Volumetric Leak Detection Devices for Underground and Aboveground Storage Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids or CAN/ULC-S675.2, Standard for Nonvolumetric Precision Leak Detection Devices for Underground and Aboveground Storage Tanks and Piping for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada.

The double wall must also contain, in its interstitial space, where applicable, brine composed exclusively of calcium chloride with or without potassium chloride or sodium chloride where the respective concentration does not exceed 42%, 3% and 2%.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 18.

173. On a Class B site, a tank must have an automatic leak detection system.

For the purposes of the first paragraph, the following sites are Class B sites:

(1)  a site within 1,000 m measured horizontally from a water intake or from a well used for purposes other than those in subparagraph 1 of the fourth paragraph of section 168;

(2)  a site within 50 m measured horizontally from a watercourse, lake, pond or any other comparable body of water or from an area subject to a 20-year flood event as indicated on the land use planning and development plans or in an interim control by-law adopted under the Act respecting land use planning and development (chapter A-19.1); and

(3)  a site within 50 m but not more than 150 m measured horizontally from a subway station or tunnel, an underground public area or an underground parking garage.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

174. Every excavation in which a tank has been installed since 11 July 1991 must have an observation well, unless the petroleum equipment installation was erected between 30 April 1999 and 1 April 2007 and meets the requirements of sections 8.29 and 8.78 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2). If two underground tanks are less than 1.5 m apart, at least one observation well must be installed.

The well must consist of a perforated pipe at least 150 mm in diameter installed vertically, extending down at least below the bottom of the tanks, and be accessible from the ground. The pipe must also be enclosed inside a permeable lining if it is buried in sand.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

175. An owner who ceases to remove petroleum products from an underground tank for a period of at least one week but less than 180 days must

(1)  lock the fill and gauge pipe caps and covers and motor fuel dispensers and lock the main electrical control; and

(2)  gauge each tank every week.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

176. An owner who ceases to remove petroleum products from an underground tank for a period of 180 days or more but less than 2 years must

(1)  empty the tanks, piping, motor fuel dispensers and pumps of Class 1 petroleum products and, if calculations confirm that the groundwater may lift a tank, the owner must fill the tank with a petroleum product other than a Class 1 product;

(2)  lock the fill and gauge pipe caps and covers and motor fuel dispensers and lock the main electrical control; and

(3)  gauge each tank containing a petroleum product every month.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

177. An owner who ceases permanently to remove petroleum products from an underground tank or who has not removed petroleum products for 2 years or more must comply with section 8.45 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

Subject to section 31.51 of the Environment Quality Act (chapter Q-2), the owner may, however, comply only with paragraph 1 of section 8.45 if not more than 5 years have elapsed since petroleum products were last removed from the tank and one of the following tests shows that the tank and piping are leak-proof:

(1)  a leak detection test that meets the requirements of the second paragraph of section 8.130 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code; and

(2)  for single or double-wall tanks emptied of any petroleum products, a pressure test using an inert gas performed in compliance with the following requirements:

(a)  a safety valve set at not more than 40 kPa capable of discharging the flow from the pressure source must be installed on a tank opening and its operation must be inspected before each test;

(b)  the pressure must be measured using a pressure gauge calibrated in units of not more than 1 kPa;

(c)  a pressure of at least 30 kPa and not more than 35 kPa must be created inside the tank;

(d)  once the temperature has been stabilized and the pressure source removed, the created pressure must be maintained for at least 4 hours; and

(e)  in the case of a compartment tank, each compartment must be tested separately, not simultaneously and only when the adjacent compartment is not under pressure.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

178. An owner of underground petroleum equipment who has ceased to remove petroleum products from the equipment for more than one year must conduct a leak detection test that meets the requirements of the second paragraph of section 8.130 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) before using the equipment.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

179. The owner of a site where underground petroleum equipment is installed must, before assigning rights to the site, inform the assignee in writing of tank and piping siting and of the length of time the equipment has not been used.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

180. An underground tank removed from the ground may not be reused to store petroleum products underground unless the tank is approved in accordance with CAN/ULC-S676, Standard for Refurbishing of Storage Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by the Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 19.

181. An underground tank may be abandoned on its site if the requirements of section 8.46 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) are met.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 3 . — Aboveground tanks

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

182. In addition to the provisions of this subdivision, the owner must comply with sections 8.49 to 8.53, 8.56, 8.57, paragraph 4 of section 8.62 and sections 8.64 and 8.65 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

183. Siting of an aboveground tank must meet the requirements of section 8.48 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) with the references in Table 2 of that section to sections 8.60 and 8.61 replaced by references to sections 188 and 189 of this Chapter respectively.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

184. Openings for gauging aboveground tanks intended to store Class 1 petroleum products must be provided with a vapour-tight cap or cover that must remain closed at all times except for gauging.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

185. The intake end of a fill pipe for an aboveground tank must have a device that prevents its opening by any person not authorized by the owner of the equipment.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

186. The shut-off valve required under section 8.57 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) must remain closed and locked when the facility is closed except the shut-off valve on an installation supplying a heating system or a generator engine.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

187. An aboveground tank that has a heating appliance must have thermometers and thermostats in proper working order so that the temperature of the product it contains is maintained at least 10 °C below its flash point.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

188. An aboveground tank installed after 11 July 1991 must meet the requirements of section 8.60 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

189. The dike required under section 188 is not required if the tank meets the requirements of section 8.61 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

190. The dike around a tank must not be higher than 1.8 m from the bottom of the diked area, except in the case of a bulk plant dike erected before 1 January 1973.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

191. The inside wall and the bottom of the diked area of a petroleum equipment installation erected after 30 April 1999 must meet the requirements of paragraph 5 of section 8.62 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2). The owner must also comply with the requirements of section 8.63 of Chapter VIII of that Code.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

192. The water in the diked area of an aboveground tank must be drained by a drainage system such as a sump or channel located at its lowest point having a valve kept closed that allows drainage of water.

The valve control for the drainage system must be accessible at all times.

The water must be channelled into an oil interceptor with a separator before disposal.

Water drained from an aboveground tank must be channelled directly into an oil interceptor with a separator before disposal.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

193. No combustible material, container or portable tank may be located inside a diked area.

Vegetation to prevent soil erosion inside a diked area must be maintained in such manner that it does not contribute to a fire spreading.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

194. The tank in a petroleum equipment installation may not be used to store a product other than a petroleum product unless the diked area of the installation meets the requirements of section 22.11.2.6 of NFPA Standard 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, published by the National Fire Protection Association.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 20.

195. An owner who ceases to remove petroleum products from an aboveground tank for a period of at least one week but less than 180 days must gauge the tank every week.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

196. An owner who ceases to remove petroleum products from an aboveground tank for a period of 180 days or more but less than 2 years must

(1)  drain all petroleum products from the tank, piping, loading and unloading equipment and leak and spill protection equipment;

(2)  lock the fill and gauge pipe caps and covers and any other opening in an installation that contains a petroleum product, and lock the loading and unloading equipment and the main electrical control;

(3)  condemn the stairs, walkways and other construction giving access to the roof of a tank; and

(4)  permanently open the dike drainage valve if the dike contains only 1 tank.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

197. An owner who permanently ceases to remove petroleum products from an aboveground tank or has not removed products for 2 years or more must

(1)  drain petroleum products from the tank, piping and loading and unloading equipment; and

(2)  remove the tank, piping, motor fuel dispensers, loading and unloading equipment and leak and spill protection equipment in accordance with the requirements of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

In the case of a marine bulk plant, a tank supplying heating appliances or a storage system in a designated location, the requirement in subparagraph 2 of the first paragraph applies only if petroleum products have not been removed from the tank for more than 5 years.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

198. Before taking a tank out of service, an aboveground tank must be purged of any petroleum products vapour.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

199. An aboveground tank or piping component may not be reused to store petroleum products aboveground unless the following requirements are met:

(1)  the tank must be approved in accordance with CAN/ULC-S676, Standard for Refurbishing of Storage Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by the Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada;

(2)  the piping must be cleaned, inspected and protected against outside corrosion.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 21.

200. Any tank removed that is not to be reused or that cannot be reused under the requirements of paragraph 1 of section 199 must be demolished in accordance with the requirements of section 8.68 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 22.

§ 4 . — Piping

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

201. In addition to the provisions of this subdivision, the owner must comply with sections 8.72 to 8.74, 8.80, 8.93, 8.95 to 8.98, 8.100, 8.103, 8.104, the second paragraph of section 8.107, sections 8.108, 8.109, 8.111, 8.113, 8.115, paragraphs 1 to 4 of section 8.116, sections 8.117 to 8.119, 8.121 to 8.125, 8.127 and 8.128 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

202. Except in the case of piping supplying a marine bulk plant, every petroleum equipment installation erected after 19 May 1984 must meet the requirements of section 8.71 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

203. Aboveground piping for petroleum products must meet the requirements of section 8.77 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

204. Any underground portion of piping connected to an underground tank installed after 11 July 1991 on a Class A site referred to in the fourth paragraph of section 168 must have a double wall that meets the requirements of the first paragraph of that section. The piping must also be connected at its lowest point to a leak-proof collector well having an automatic leak detection system with a visual and audible alarm that meets the requirements of the second paragraph of that section.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

205. Aboveground tanks installed after 11 July 1991 must have safety vent piping that meets the requirements of section 8.102 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

206. Petroleum product velocity in aboveground piping must not exceed 2.5 m/s, unless the piping is directly connected to a marine wharf.

If the piping is insulated, the insulation must be non-combustible.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

207. Aboveground piping for petroleum products must be identified to indicate its contents.

The piping may not be red in colour.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

208. Each time a petroleum product is found on aboveground piping or on the ground, or a leak is suspected, the piping must be subjected to a leak detection test in accordance with section 8.110 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

209. Aboveground piping must be supported and located so as to reduce vibration and stress to a minimum.

The piping must also be protected by barriers in areas subject to vehicle impact.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

210. Aboveground indoor piping that is to contain petroleum products must be supported overhead or be located in a trench; it may not be installed under combustible flooring.

The trench referred to in the first paragraph must have trapped drains or positive ventilation to the outdoors preventing the accumulation of flammable vapours.

The aboveground piping must be located close to the ceiling or beams, or along walls, not less than 1.8 m above the floor.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

211. No open flame is to be used to heat piping containing petroleum products.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

212. An aboveground tank must be filled using vapour-tight connections; that requirement does not apply when filling a heating fuel oil tank connected to heating equipment.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 23.

213. Every fill pipe on a tank for storing motor fuel, except fill pipes on a tank connected to a generator engine using diesel fuel or diesel fuel containing biodiesel, must extend to a distance of not more than 200 mm from the bottom of the tank.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 24.

§ 5 . — Replacement and servicing

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

214. In addition to the provisions of this subdivision, the owner must comply with section 8.47 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

215. Every high-risk underground steel tank that is not protected against corrosion according to the standard or document mentioned in section 8.42 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) as well as steel piping not protected against corrosion that is connected to the tank must be removed from the ground if the tank does not meet the requirements of CAN/ ULC Standard S603.1, External Corrosion Protection Systems for Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by the Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada.

Despite the foregoing, the owner is not required to remove the piping from the ground if a leak detection test complying with the second paragraph of section 8.130 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code indicates that the piping is leak-proof and the piping is protected against corrosion according to the requirements of NACE Standard SP0169, Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems or NACE Standard SP0285, Corrosion Control of Underground Storage Tank Systems by Cathodic Protection, published by NACE International.

In addition, the owner is not required to remove a tank installed before 11 July 1991 from the ground immediately if the evaluation of the tank condition, as provided for in Schedule I, falls within any of zones 2 to 4 of the graph in the Schedule. The tank must then be removed not later than the time specified in paragraph 3 of the Schedule.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 25.

216. If a petroleum product leaks out of steel underground piping that is not protected against corrosion, and the tank connected to the piping is not required to be removed from the ground according to the requirement of section 215, the entire length of the piping must be removed.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

217. The owner must subject the petroleum equipment to a leak detection test in accordance with the second paragraph of section 8.130 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) if, for an unknown reason, an event causes a leak or the presence of a petroleum product or petroleum product vapours in the vicinity of the equipment.

If the leak detection test indicates a leak, all defective components in the installation must be repaired or replaced and another leak detection test must be performed.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

DIVISION IX PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO MOTOR FUEL DISPENSING OUTLETS AND SERVICE CENTRES

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 1 . — General

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

218. In addition to the provisions of this subdivision, the owner must comply with sections 8.134, 8.135, 8.136, except with respect to aboveground tanks, the first paragraph of section 8.139, sections 8.140, 8.142, 8.143, 8.146, 8.148, 8.151, the first paragraph of section 8.153, sections 8.154 and 8.156 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

219. Every valve on an aboveground line connected to a tank, every end of a petroleum product line and every fill pipe must be identified in accordance with the document entitled Using the CPPI Colour-Symbol System to Mark Equipment and Vehicles for Product Identification, published by the Canadian Fuels Association.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 26.

220. Petroleum equipment may be used only if 2 fire extinguishers suitable for extinguishing petroleum product fires are kept on the premises.

The fire extinguishers must be accessible, have an effective total rating equivalent to at least 20-B,C and be maintained in proper working order. One extinguisher must be located less than 10 m from the dispensing areas.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

221. The owner must keep oil absorbents on the premises of a motor fuel dispensing outlet or a service centre.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

222. A fuelling area used to dispense motor fuel after sunset must be lighted.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

223. No vehicle may be fuelled if it is not parked inside a fuelling area.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

224. A vehicle may not be fuelled with a Class 1 petroleum product while the engine is running.

That requirement also applies in the case of a vehicle fuelled with a Class 2 petroleum product if the dispenser is located at a distance of less than 8 m measured horizontally from a dispenser for a petroleum product referred to in the first paragraph.

No person may smoke or light a flame within 7.5 m of a dispenser within a servicing area for the fuel supply system of an internal combustion engine, within an area in which Class 1 or Class 2 petroleum products are received or transferred, or inside a booth completely or partially within a dispensing area.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

225. Every motor fuel dispenser for a Class 1 or Class 2 petroleum product must meet the requirements of CSA Standard B346, Power-Operated Dispensing Devices for Flammable Liquids, published by the CSA Group.

In the case of an aviation fuel dispenser, all components must be suitable for such a product.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 27.

226. Every fuelling area must meet the requirements of section 8.144 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2); the sizes required in the first paragraph of that section apply only to a fuelling area sited or altered after 26 February 1996.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

227. A motor fuel dispenser in a fuel dispensing outlet must comply with the clearances in the following Table 2:

TABLE 2

MOTOR FUEL DISPENSER CLEARANCES (M)

                        Dispensing     Unattended    Marina     User      Airport
                          outlet       self-serve    outlet     outlet    outlet

From a building, 
except a booth             4.5(1)           6(2)         5          1(3)       15

From property lines        4.5(1)           6(2)       4.5(1)      4.5(3)       15

From a stationary  
ignition source            —               —           8        7.5(3)       —

From a building opening   
other than a booth 
opening                    —               —           —        4.5(3)       —

From a dock, wharf, pier
or pontoon or
approach thereto           —               —           5         —          5
   

(1) A dispenser installed before 1973 need not be relocated or may be replaced by another dispenser at the same place if the dispenser has the same number of dispensing hoses and dispenses the same number of products. In the case of a marina outlet, the shore is not to be considered a property line.

(2) If a petroleum equipment installation was installed or altered between 1973 and 19 May 1984, clearance of the motor fuel dispenser must be at least 4.5 m. A dispenser installed before 1973 need not be relocated or may be replaced by another dispenser at the same place if the dispenser has the same number of dispensing hoses and dispenses the same number of products.

(3) A dispenser installed before 11 July 1991 need not be relocated or may be replaced by another dispenser at the same place if the dispenser has the same number of dispensing hoses and dispenses the same number of products.

In addition, clearances must be increased, if necessary, so that any vehicle to be fuelled from that dispenser is completely within the property lines of the place where the dispenser is located.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 28.

228. A motor fuel dispenser installed after 31 March 2007 must satisfy the requirements of section 8.147 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

Despite section 227, a motor fuel dispenser installed inside a building before 1 April 2007 must meet the following conditions:

(1)  the dispensing area must have a continuous mechanical ventilation system electrically connected to the dispenser in such manner that the dispenser may only operate while the ventilation is operating at full capacity; and

(2)  the dispensing area must be protected by an automatic dry-chemical fire extinguishing system.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

229. Every submersible pump in a motor fuel dispensing outlet and every tank situated at a level higher than the base of a motor fuel dispenser must have a fusible safety valve set not higher than 70 °C firmly attached to the island.

The shear point of the valve must be situated in the zone extending from 25 mm below the base of the dispenser to 13 mm above the base.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

230. If a motor fuel dispenser pump is not installed inside the dispenser, the pump must have a leak detection device.

The operation of the device must be inspected annually according to the method recommended by the manufacturer.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

231. Every pit for a submersible pump or the piping of a submersible pump installed in a motor fuel dispensing outlet after 30 April 1999 must be enclosed in a liquid-tight casing resistant to petroleum products.

The casing must be covered, located and serviced in such manner as to prevent external loads being transmitted to the pump, tank or piping.

The pit must be large enough to enable the pump to be inspected and serviced.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

232. The owner of a motor fuel dispensing outlet must ensure that the person fuelling a vehicle activates the dispensing nozzle manually.

A dispensing nozzle with a latch-open device may not be used in a self-serve facility, an airport outlet or a marina outlet.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

233. Every hose to be used for dispensing a Class 1 or Class 2 petroleum product must meet the requirements of CAN/ULC-S612, Standard for Hose and Hose Assemblies for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, published by Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada, or be of a type used for aviation fuel, at an airport outlet.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 29.

§ 2 . — Service stations and service centres

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

234. A Class 1 petroleum product may be transferred inside a service area in a building that has a basement, a pit or other sunken area where flammable vapours may accumulate only if the areas have continuous mechanical ventilation.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

235. The owner of a service station or service centre must ensure that no tank truck containing a Class 1 petroleum product or vapours of such product is parked inside a service area unless the vehicle is being serviced.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

236. Petroleum equipment may be used in or near a building housing a service station or a service centre if

(1)  the hazardous areas listed in Schedule II to Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) are separated from any room housing a solid or liquid fuel or gas heating appliance by walls having a fire-resistance rating of at least one hour within the meaning of Chapter I of the Construction Code;

(2)  the room containing such a heating appliance does not

(a)  have an opening less than 2.5 m from the floor; and

(b)  is not used to store a Class 1 or Class 2 petroleum product or as a service area for work on the fuel supply system of internal combustion engines or to dispense, transfer or handle Class 1 petroleum products; the bottom of the combustion chamber of the heating appliance must be at least 500 mm above the floor and the appliance must be protected from impact;

(3)  the combustion air necessary for the appliance comes from outside the building;

(4)  the return air intake of a forced-air heating appliance is at least 1.25 m from the floor if it is located in a room listed as a hazardous area in Schedule II to Chapter VIII of the Construction Code; and

(5)  the burner and the combustion chamber of the equipment are at least 2.5 m from the floor in any area where Class 1 petroleum products are dispensed, transferred or handled.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 3 . — Self-serve facilities

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

237. In addition to the provisions of this subdivision, the owner must comply with sections 8.159 to 8.164 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

238. Every motor fuel dispenser used at a self-serve facility must have a remote on and off control of a console type located inside a building.

The control must be in the off position at all times except when the dispensing nozzle is used for dispensing motor fuel.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

239. No sign may indicate to a self-serve facility customer using a motor fuel dispenser after 28 September 2007 that the customer must reduce the flow after the automatic triggering of the dispensing nozzle.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

240. The owner must ensure that

(1)  the attendant need not control more than one console;

(2)  the attendant has direct access at all times from the work station to the motor fuel dispenser console;

(3)  the attendant carrying on duties unrelated to the sale of petroleum products does not move away from the console; and

(4)  the provisions of sections 154, 159 to 161, 224 and subparagraph 1 of the first paragraph of section 8.153 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) are complied with.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

241. In the event of a spill or a fire, the owner must ensure that the attendant uses the emergency master control to shut off all dispensers until the danger of fire has passed or the fire is under control.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 4 . — Unattended self-serve facilities

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

242. In addition to the provisions of this subdivision, the owner must comply with sections 8.165 to 8.168 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

243. The owner must ensure that motor fuel being dispensed in an unattended self-serve facility is reserved for commercial vehicles and is dispensed only by a customer or the attendant authorized for that purpose in writing by the owner.

When motor fuel is being dispensed, the requirements of sections 154, 159 to 161, 224 and subparagraph 1 of the first paragraph of section 8.153 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) must be met.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

244. Two dry-chemical extinguishers each having a rating of 20-B,C and an accessible emergency control able to shut off pump operation must be located at a distance of not more than 18 m from an unattended self-serve motor fuel dispenser.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 5 . — Marina outlets

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

245. In addition to the provisions of this subdivision, the owner must comply with sections 8.170, 8.172, 8.175 and 8.177 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

246. Every petroleum product piping installed on a dock, wharf, pier or pontoon must be protected, where applicable, from impact such as impact from a water craft or seaplane.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

247. Every motor fuel dispenser used at a marina outlet must have a safety valve that meets the requirements of section 229.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

248. Every tank for storing petroleum products exposed to ground water or to flood conditions must be anchored to prevent displacement.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

249. Every aboveground tank for storing motor fuel must be surrounded by a dike or have a diked area or double wall and a fence if the tank is used for commercial purposes.

In addition, the dike, diked area, double wall and fence must meet the requirements of paragraph 1 of section 8.61, paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 of section 8.62 and paragraphs 1 and 2 of section 8.217 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) and the requirements of sections 190, 191 and the first paragraph of section 192 of this Chapter.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 6 . — Airport outlets

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

250. In addition to the provisions of this subdivision, the owner must comply with paragraphs 4 and 5 of section 8.178, sections 8.179, 8.180, 8.182 to 8.185 and 8.187 to 8.189 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

251. Every airport outlet tank for storing aviation fuel installed after 11 July 1991 must meet the following requirements:

(1)  have a manhole;

(2)  if the tank is fibreglass, all its metallic components must be bonded; and

(3)  have at least a 1% slope.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

252. The owner must ensure that fuelling and motor fuel controls meet the requirements of CAN/CSA Standard B836, Storage, handling, and dispensing of aviation fuel at aerodromes, published by the CSA Group.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1; O.C. 88-2018, s. 30.

253. Every facility for dispensing aviation fuel must have a ground.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

254. The owner of high-risk petroleum equipment must visually inspect the piping each month and conduct an annual hydrostatic test at a minimum pressure of one and one half times the normal operating pressure on the piping used for transferring aviation fuel.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

255. The requirements of sections 8.170, 8.172, 8.175 and 8.177 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) and the requirements of section 227 with respect to the distance between a fuel dispenser and a dock, wharf, pier or pontoon or approach thereto, and section 247 of this Chapter also apply to an airport outlet from which a plane is fuelled on a body of water.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 7 . — User outlets

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

256. In addition to section 257, the owner must comply with section 8.191 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

257. If a motor fuel dispenser is left unattended, a control located inside the building or kept outdoors under key must prevent the dispenser from operating.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

DIVISION X PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO BULK PLANTS

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 1 . — General

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

258. In addition to the provisions of this subdivision, the owner must comply with sections 8.192 to 8.194 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

259. The owner must post a conspicuous sign at the main gate indicating the owner’s name, address and telephone number or that of the owner’s authorized agent.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

260. The telephone numbers of the police, fire department and ambulance services must be posted by the owner in a conspicuous manner in the main building of a bulk plant.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

261. Notices indicating where the emergency controls are located and giving instructions in the handling of the firefighting equipment must be posted by the owner in a conspicuous manner on loading ramps and near emergency controls.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 2 . — Loading and unloading installations

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

262. In addition to the provisions of this subdivision, the owner must comply with sections 8.195, 8.198 to 8.202 and 8.204 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

263. No combustible material may be placed at a distance of less than 5 m from a loading or unloading facility or from filling or gauging pipes.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

264. Every hose used for dispensing a petroleum product in a container of not more than 225 litres designed to be moved must have a dispensing nozzle of non-magnetic material provided with a manual trigger and an automatic shut-off.

The trigger must be kept open manually when in use.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

265. Every installation used for loading and unloading must have a ground, an electric conductor and a clip making it possible to ground the cargo tank.

In the case of a key-operated bulk plant, an installation erected after 19 May 1984 must permit the flow of petroleum products only if the grounding has been effected.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

266. Every installation used for filling a tank truck or a tank car by bottom loading must meet the requirements of section 8.206 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) and the presettable meter of the installation must be used during such loading.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

267. The portion of the loading and unloading zones of a bulk plant laid out for the parking of a cargo tank during loading or unloading must,

(1)  in the case of Class 1 or Class 2 petroleum products, have a collection system for collecting those products; the system must consist of a concrete apron, an oil separator and a drain connecting the apron and the separator; or

(2)  in the case of Class 3 petroleum products or Class 1, Class 2 or Class 3 petroleum products in bulk plants located north of the 53rd parallel and bulk plants located in a designated location, be liquid-tight and laid out in such manner that a spilled product remains confined.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

268. Loading and unloading zones built after 19 May 1984 for tank cars must be liquid-tight and laid out in such manner that a spilled product remains confined.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 3 . — Pumping

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

269. In addition to section 270, the owner must comply with sections 8.209 to 8.216 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

270. An internal combustion engine may not be used to operate a pump at a bulk plant.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 4 . — Fencing

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

271. In addition to section 272, the owner must comply with section 8.217 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

272. The areas around the gate of a bulk plant must be kept free of obstacles.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

§ 5 . — Safety of operations

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

273. The owner of a bulk plant must ensure that

(1)  the receiving tank of the installation is designed to hold the volume intended for it;

(2)  the grounding device of the tank is connected to the cargo tank before a petroleum product is transferred into an aboveground tank; and

(3)  the ventilation of the tank is satisfactory and that there is no leak in the supply line during the transfer of a petroleum product.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

274. A petroleum product must be removed from a bulk plant tank in such manner that internal tank pressure is not increased.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

275. The owner of a bulk plant must ensure that no petroleum product is transferred into the cargo tank of a vehicle while its engine is running.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

276. The owner of a bulk plant must have in accessible places at least 2 fire extinguishers in proper working order, each having a capacity equivalent to 20-B,C.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

277. If a bulk plant is not under the supervision of the owner during normal operating hours, all loading and unloading valves, water drain valves, fill pipes, pump controls and gates must be locked, except electric remote-control valves.

Outside normal operating hours, shut-off valves in the proximity of aboveground tanks must also be closed and locked.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

278. A key-operated installation for loading tank trucks or tank cars supplied by the aboveground tank at a bulk plant must have a remote-control shut-off valve that opens only when the motor of the loading pump is operating.

The valve must be located at the outlet of the tank in such manner as to meet the requirements of section 277 if the bulk plant is not under the continuous supervision of the owner.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

279. The owner of high-risk petroleum equipment must provide each attendant at a bulk plant with instructions for operating the bulk plant under normal and emergency conditions.

In the case of a bulk plant that has key-operated dispensing or loading devices, the owner must also provide the instructions to each person having a key.

In addition, the instructions must be posted in the main building of the bulk plant.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

280. The owner of high-risk petroleum equipment must inform attendants at each shift change of any tests to be carried out.

A list of the tests must also be posted on the site.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

281. A motor fuel tank may fuel the engine of a vehicle inside a bulk plant only if the vehicle is used in the operation of the plant.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

282. No product other than a petroleum product or a petroleum product additive may be transferred at a loading ramp for petroleum products.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

DIVISION XI OFFENCES

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

283. Every contravention of any of the provisions of this Chapter, except section 130, constitutes an offence.

O.C. 221-2007, s. 1.

CHAPTER VII AMUSEMENT RIDES AND DEVICES

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

DIVISION I INTERPRETATION

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

284. In this chapter, unless the context indicates otherwise,

“Code” means CSA Standard CAN/CSA Z267-00, Code de sécurité concernant les jeux et les manèges, including Appendix C concerning tests, and CSA Standard CAN/CSA Z267-00, Safety Code for Amusement Rides and Devices, including Appendix C concerning tests, published by the Canadian Standards Association, referred to in Chapter IX of the Construction Code made under the Building Act (chapter B-1.1) and as amended by Division VIII of that Chapter.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

DIVISION II APPLICATION

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

285. Subject to the exemptions referred to in Chapter IX of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2), the Code and this Chapter apply to every amusement ride or device covered by the Code and designated as a facility intended for use by the public in section 9.03 of the Construction Code, including their vicinity.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

DIVISION III PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL AMUSEMENT RIDES AND DEVICES

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

§ 1 . — General

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

286. Every amusement ride or device must be used for the use for which it is intended and maintained in proper and safe working order at all times.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

287. The vicinity of an amusement ride or device may not be altered in such manner that the amusement ride or device no longer complies with Chapter IX of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

288. Every amusement ride or device must be used so that it does not constitute a fire or accident hazard that could cause injury or death.

The required rectification must be made if the operating conditions of an amusement ride or device are hazardous due, in particular, to alteration, modification, intensive use, wear and tear, obsolescence or breakdown.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

289. The owner of an amusement ride or device must ensure that

(1)  the amusement ride or device has protection devices that ensure the safety of persons who have access to the amusement ride or device or who use it; and

(2)  no safety device is removed or altered without the manufacturer’s authorization.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

290. An amusement ride or device must be installed and used so that it does not exceed the operating limits specified by the designer or manufacturer or be equipped, to that effect, with a speed limiting device.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

291. No part of an amusement ride or device is to come nearer to an electrical conductor of more than 750 V than the distance specified in the following table:

Voltage (in volts)                                    Distance (in metres)

Less than 125,000                                               5
 125,000 or more                                               30

Services and distribution of electric power, grounding and bonding of equipment, wiring methods and equipment, single-conductor cables, as well as motors and other electrical equipment of portable amusement rides and devices are made under the provisions of Section 66 of CSA C22.1 Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1, as modified and adopted under Chapter V – Electricity of the Construction Code.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

§ 2 . — Technical provisions

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

292. The owner of an amusement ride or device must ensure that the requirements concerning support and blocking referred to in Clause 4.3.2.2 of the Code are complied with during its operation.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

293. The owner of an amusement ride or device must ensure that the requirements concerning the seats referred to in Clause 5.3.1 of the Code are complied with during its operation.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

294. Amusement rides or devices must be equipped with a device to restrain passengers under all loading and operating conditions planned for the amusement ride or device, in compliance with ASTM Standard ASTM F2291-04, Standard Practice for Design of Amusement Rides and Devices, published by the American Society for Testing and Materials. The restraining device must be of a type that cannot be inadvertently released when the amusement ride is in operation and be inaccessible to passengers.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

295. The owner of an amusement ride or device must ensure that the requirements concerning clearance referred to in Clause 5.3.3 of the Code are complied with during its operation. The following clearances are considered to comply with the requirements of Clause 5.3.3:

(1)  600 mm between a structural member and any point of the vehicle in contact with the passenger;

(2)  1,200 mm of vertical clearance between the seat and any fixed structural member located above such seat; and

(3)  2,000 mm of vertical clearance between the floor in front of the seat and any fixed structural member located above such floor, where the passenger is not restrained in the vehicle seat.

This section does not apply to a vehicle which is enclosed or has an openwork wire mesh preventing a 38-mm diameter spherical object from going through or 50-mm in the case of an amusement device to be used solely by adults.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

296. A rope tensioning device must be designed so that it will not release itself during the operation of an amusement ride or device and be equipped with a manual reset slack rope device.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

297. An amusement ride or device must be equipped with devices to prevent the vehicles from making translatory or rotary movements when they are at a standstill in the loading or unloading area or be equipped, to that effect, with a parking brake, except in the case of a vehicle composed of a suspended seat.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

298. A vehicle designed to be towed and each drive mechanism of such a vehicle must be equipped with backstop devices preventing any vehicle in the towing zone from moving back more than 150 mm.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

299. Where a suspension or coupling device for a vehicle or any other moving part of an amusement ride or device is used as a single retainer, a safety retainer must be installed on the vehicle or on the moving part to ensure the safety of users, unless the single coupling device has a safety factor of at least 10.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

300. Glazing used in a vehicle must be certified as complying with CGSB Standard CAN/CGSB-12.1-M90, Tempered or Laminated Safety Glass, or CGSB Standard CAN/CGSB-12.12-M90, Plastic Safety Glazing Sheets, published by the Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB).

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

DIVISION IV SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN AMUSEMENT RIDES OR DEVICES

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

§ 1 . — Roller coaster rides

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

301. Every amusement ride or device of the “roller coaster ride” type must comply with the following requirements:

(1)  be installed so as to allow for the presence of only one vehicle or only one train of vehicles, at the same time, in the space between each braking system along its path;

(2)  the nuts used to lock the wheels of a vehicle must be of the castle type and be locked with cotter pins;

(3)  every coupling device for vehicles must be locked, and any bolts, nuts or locks that are used must be equipped with a wire to prevent loosening or disengaging; and

(4)  operating controls must be located so as to allow the operator to monitor the entire loading and unloading area.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

§ 2 . — Flume rides

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

302. Every amusement ride or device equipped with a sloping channel and a receptacle basin which uses water to generate or reduce the speed of a vehicle must be provided with devices allowing for the control of the water level of the basin and the water flow of the flume’s feed pump.

In addition, the devices must automatically stop the operation of the amusement ride or device if the water level or flow does not comply with that required for the operation of the amusement ride or device.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

§ 3 . — Amusement rides or devices in darkness

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

303. Where users are moved in darkness inside an enclosure or in the case of an amusement ride or device completely enclosed, the enclosure must be equipped with

(1)  a smoke alarm bearing a seal of approval from Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada (ULC) and installed in compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions. The proper working order of the smoke alarm must be checked at every assembly of a portable amusement ride or device and every month in other cases;

(2)  signs, visible from the vehicle, indicating egresses; and

(3)  an emergency lighting system of not less than 10 lx at floor level and egress signs, activated automatically when the main source of power supply is interrupted.

In addition, each egress door must bear the inscription “SORTIE” in lettering at least 25 mm high and, if locked, it must be possible to open it from the inside, by a single manoeuvre, without a key.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

DIVISION V TESTS, INSPECTIONS AND MAINTENANCE

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

§ 1 . — General

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

304. Every amusement ride or device must undergo tests, inspections and maintenance in compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions and the provisions of the Code. If the information is not available from the original amusement ride or device manufacturer, the owner must have a maintenance program approved by a recognized person within the meaning of Chapter IX of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

305. In the case of a portable amusement ride or device, the owner must follow the assembly procedures and instructions and conduct the inspections provided for by the manufacturer and the Code. Before operating the portable amusement ride or device, the owner must make

(1)  a visual examination of the condition of electrical wiring, including bonding and weldings, articulations, bearings and driving shafts;

(2)  an inspection of the proper working order of brakes and safety devices;

(3)  an inspection of the clearances prescribed in section 295;

(4)  a visual examination of structural members in order to detect distorted or bent members; and

(5)  the correction of any defect identified during the inspections.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

§ 2 . — Maintenance of ropes and chains

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

306. Steel wire ropes must be replaced in the following cases:

(1)  instructions of the amusement ride or device manufacturer require it;

(2)  6 wires are broken in one rope lay;

(3)  3 wires are broken in one strand of a rope lay;

(4)  2 wires are broken in a suspension rope that supports the total load of a vehicle;

(5)  the initial diameter of the rope has decreased by 10%; and

(6)  the rope is distorted because of kinking, crushing or untwisting of the rope or a strand.

Steel wire ropes must be repaired where 2 wires are broken near a fastening.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

307. A link chain must be replaced when a link is distorted, cracked or when its initial diameter has decreased by 10%.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

§ 3 . — Log book

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

308. The owner must record and maintain, for each amusement ride or device, a log book or append thereto, as the case may be, for the life of each amusement ride or device, the following information and documents:

(1)  the amusement ride or device name, the manufacturer’s name and the serial number;

(2)  the number of the identification plate issued by the Board;

(3)  the rated capacity and the maximum speed specified by the manufacturer;

(4)  a copy of the plans related to all construction work carried out on the amusement ride or device and all technical information relating to the alterations made to the amusement ride or device;

(5)  the manufacturer’s technical manuals and service, maintenance and safety bulletins and the action taken to implement the recommendations contained in the bulletins;

(6)  certificates of conformity or safety produced by a recognized person within the meaning of Chapter IX of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2);

(7)  the compiling of operating dates and hours;

(8)  the nature of alterations made to a safety device or its elimination and the manufacturer’s authorization to that effect;

(9)  the location and nature of alterations and weldings made to a mechanical part or a structural member and the welding procedure used;

(10)  a list of the daily inspections planned by the manufacturer and inspections made during the assembly and the identification of the person who made them and all rectifications made following the inspections;

(11)  the inspection of every portable fire extinguisher and smoke alarm;

(12)  the identification of any safety device having interrupted the operation of an amusement ride or device;

(13)  the breakdowns, accidents and evacuations that occurred while operating the amusement ride or device;

(14)  the replacement or repair of a steel wire rope;

(15)  the replacement of a link chain;

(16)  remedial notices issued by the Board under section 122 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1); and

(17)  periods during which the amusement ride or device was not used.

The log book and documents referred to in paragraph 4 of section 12 and section 51 of the Amusement Rides Regulation (chapter S-3, r. 1) become, without other formality, an integral part of the log book and schedules provided in this Code.

The log book must be made available to the Board.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

DIVISION VI OPERATION

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

§ 1 . — General

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

309. The working order and operation of every amusement ride or device must be made in compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions and the provisions of the Code. If the information is not available from the original amusement ride or device manufacturer, the owner must have a maintenance program approved by a recognized person within the meaning of Chapter IX of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2).

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

§ 2 . — Protection of the public and safety of users

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

310. Fences that meet the requirements of Clause 5.10 a of the Code must be installed around every amusement ride or device.

Fences at least 1,000 mm high installed before 3 May 2012 are deemed to comply with the first paragraph.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

311. Signs bearing characters at least 25 mm high or pictograms at least 150 × 150 mm must be installed to indicate to users

(1)  that smoking and drinking alcohol are prohibited;

(2)  that hair and clothing must be confined to prevent entanglement with the installation;

(3)  the restrictions provided by the manufacturer regarding size, weight or use and, if applicable, the risk factors associated with the health of users; and

(4)  that the smallest user must be placed the nearest to the centre of a centrifugal amusement ride or device.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

312. Evacuation procedures for each amusement ride or device must be established by the owner.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

313. The owner must have a first-aid kit on the site where the amusement rides or devices are being operated and a means of communication with the emergency services.

The owner must also establish an emergency procedure.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

314. Only non-combustible materials necessary for its operation may be stored inside an amusement ride or device or under its structure, and the premises must be kept clean.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

§ 3 . — Operator and control station

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

315. The owner must ensure that the operator is familiar with the operation and safety measures of an amusement ride or device before operating it. The operator must be knowledgeable about

(1)  the location and use of safety devices;

(2)  the loading and unloading procedure;

(3)  the signals used;

(4)  the evacuation procedure;

(5)  the location of emergency and first-aid services or of the means of communication with those services;

(6)  how to use portable fire extinguishers; and

(7)  the operating instructions.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

316. At least one operator must remain at the controls when each amusement ride or device is in operation.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

317. A signal system must be used during the starting or stopping of an amusement ride or device where the loading or unloading areas cannot be seen from the operating controls.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

318. A minimum of 100 lx at floor level must be maintained at the loading and unloading areas, entrances and egresses.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

319. An amusement ride or device must be equipped with an emergency stop device and marked “Arrêt de secours”. The device must be of the push-pull type and be provided with contacts which open by positive mechanical separation that causes the amusement ride or device to stop.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

320. Where an amusement ride or device has been stopped by the actuation of a safety device or by the interruption of the main source of power supply, the closing or the resetting of the safety device and the restoring of the supply source must not start up the amusement ride or device before the starting device is actuated.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

321. A portable fire extinguisher must be near the operating controls of each amusement ride or device.

Such a fire extinguisher must comply with NFPA Standard NFPA-10-1998, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, published by the National Fire Protection Association, and bear a seal of approval from Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada (ULC).

In addition, the proper working order of the portable fire extinguisher must be inspected at every assembly of a portable amusement ride or device and every month in other cases.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

DIVISION VII IDENTIFICATION PLATE

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

322. Every amusement ride or device must be provided with an identification plate issued by the Board before it is put into operation.

The identification plate must be attached permanently and prominently on the amusement ride or device.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

323. The Board issues the identification plate at the end of the construction work provided for in Chapter IX of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) and on receiving the certificate of conformity according to section 9.12 of that Code.

Despite the first paragraph, an identification plate may be issued for a portable amusement ride or device if the owner has obtained from a person recognized under Chapter IX of the Construction Code

(1)  a certificate of conformity with the Safety Code certifying that the amusement device

(a)  has been designed, manufactured and built so as to withstand loads and constraints under all loading and operating conditions;

(b)  has undergone tests and inspections to that effect and that their results are satisfactory;

(c)  has been altered, if applicable, according to the manufacturer’s bulletin recommendations;

(d)  has been delivered with the documents necessary for its operation and maintenance; and

(e)  has been approved in accordance with CSA Standard SPE-1000, Model Code for the Field Evaluation of Electrical Equipment;

(2)  a detailed report of the tests and inspections performed on the amusement device that confirms its working order;

(3)  specific recommendations concerning operation, periodic testing and maintenance.

The certificate must also indicate the type, trademark, model and serial number of the amusement device, the date on which and the place where the tests and inspections were conducted together with the name, seal and title of the person by whom they were performed.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

DIVISION VIII OPERATING PERMIT

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

324. The owner of an amusement ride or device must hold an operating permit for all the amusement rides or devices the owner puts into operation.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

325. The owner of an amusement ride or device who applies for the issue or renewal of an operating permit must provide the Board with the following information and documents at least 60 days before the date set for the beginning of the activities or the date of renewal:

(1)  the owner’s name, home address, telephone number and, where applicable, the business number assigned to the owner under the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises (chapter P-44.1);

(2)  if the application is made on behalf of a partnership or a legal person, the name of the partnership or legal person, the address of its head office and, where applicable, the business number assigned to the owner under the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises;

(3)  the list of amusement rides or devices to be operated during the validity period of the permit, and for each of them, the manufacturer’s name, the manufacturer’s serial number, the amusement ride or device’s original name, common name and identification plate number;

(4)  the list of portable amusement rides or devices, the calendar of events and the list of sites where portable amusement rides or devices will be operated during the validity period of the permit and, where applicable, the identification of the event where the amusement rides or devices will be operated;

(5)  an attestation of the insurer required under section 333 for the year of the validity of the operating permit; and

(6)  the required certificates of conformity.

The application may be made on the form provided by the Board or on any other document clearly and legibly written for that purpose. Every application must include the fees payable under section 330 and an attestation that the information and documents provided under the first paragraph are true, and be signed by the owner.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

326. The holder of a permit who wishes to add amusement rides or devices must apply for modification of a permit. An application for modification of a permit must contain

(1)  the information and documents required under subparagraphs 3, 4 and 6 of the first paragraph of section 325; and

(2)  a description of the new amusement rides or devices.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

327. An application for the issue, renewal or modification of a permit is deemed to be received only if it contains all the required information and documents and includes the fees payable under this Chapter.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

328. The holder of a permit must notify the Board immediately of any change in the information or documents provided under section 325 or 326.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

329. At the time an application for the issue, modification or renewal of an operating permit is made, all required information and documents previously provided to the Board need not be re-filed.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

330. The fee payable for the issue or renewal of an operating permit is $334 to which $386 is added for each portable amusement ride or device and $192 for each fixed amusement ride or device.

The fee payable for the modification of an operating permit regarding an addition to the list of amusement rides or devices is $83 to which $386 is added for each new portable amusement ride or device and $192 for each new fixed amusement ride or device.

The fee must be paid to the Board and be attached to the application for the issue, modification or renewal of a permit.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

331. The operating permit must contain

(1)  the name of the owner of amusement rides or devices and any other business name that the owner is legally authorized to use in Québec and that is related to the operation of an amusement ride or device;

(2)  the owner’s address;

(3)  the list of amusement rides or devices operated during the validity period of the permit and for each of them, the manufacturer’s name, the manufacturer’s serial number, the amusement ride or device’s original name, common name and identification plate number;

(4)  the validity period of the permit is from 1 April to 31 March of each year; and

(5)  the signature of the president and chief executive officer or of a vice-president and the signature of the secretary of the Board.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

332. An operating permit is non-transferable.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

333. The owner of an amusement ride or device who applies for the issue or renewal of an operating permit must obtain and maintain in force, during the entire validity period of the permit, civil liability insurance of a minimum amount of $2,000,000 per claim to cover damage caused to another person as a result of fault or negligence in the operation of the amusement rides or devices. The insurance must provide for a commitment by the insurer to inform the Board of the insurer’s intention to terminate the contract.

An attestation of the insurer to the effect that the insurance meets the requirements of the first paragraph must, in accordance with subparagraph 5 of the first paragraph of section 325, be provided to the Board with the application for the issue or renewal of the operating permit.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

334. The insurer or holder of an operating permit may terminate the insurance only on written notice of at least 60 days to the Board.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

335. The Board may suspend or refuse to renew an operating permit where the holder

(1)  has not informed the Board of any change, in accordance with section 328 or 334;

(2)  has not complied with an order issued under section 123 or 124 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1);

(3)  operates an amusement ride or device that is not provided with the identification plate referred to in section 322 or 323; or

(4)  has not complied with a remedial notice issued by the Board under section 122 of the Building Act regarding an amusement ride or device referred to in the permit or in the suppletory measure required in such a notice.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

DIVISION IX OFFENCE

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

336. Every contravention of any of the provisions of this Chapter, except section 330, constitutes an offence.

O.C. 363-2012, s. 1.

CHAPTER VIII BUILDINGS

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

DIVISION I INTERPRETATION

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

337. In this Chapter, unless the context indicates otherwise,

(1)  the following words and expressions have the meaning given:

“building height” means the height of the building as defined by the standard in force at the time of construction or alteration of the building; (hauteur de bâtiment)

“façade” means the sheathing of the exterior walls of a building and all the accessories, electrical or mechanical devices and other permanent or temporary objects connected with exterior walls, such as chimneys, antenna, masts, balconies, canopies or cornices; (façade)

“private seniors’ residence” means a private seniors’ residence as defined in the Act respecting health services and social services (chapter S-4.2); (résidence privée pour aînés)

“residential board and care occupancy” means a care occupancy other than a hospital, a residential and long-term care centre, an infirmary, a rehabilitation centre or a rest home, providing lodging in rooms for persons requiring personal support services who may need assistance to evacuate the building (see Appendix to NBC 2005 am. Québec), and that was constructed or altered prior to 13 June 2015; (résidence supervisée)

“residential occupancy for the elderly” means a private seniors’ residence in which elderly persons are lodged in bedrooms or dwelling units, but that is not a residential board and care occupancy, and that was constructed or altered prior to 13 June 2015; (habitation destinée à des personnes âgées)

“single-family type residential occupancy for the elderly” means a single-family dwelling having a building height of no more than 2 storeys, in which a natural person who resides in that dwelling operates a private seniors’ residence and lodges no more than 9 elderly persons, and that was constructed or altered prior to 13 June 2015; (habitation destinée à des personnes âgées de type unifamilial)

“water cooling tower facility” means the water circulation system of one or more interconnected water cooling towers, including components such as pumps, tanks and compressors; (installation de tour de refoidissement à l’eau)

(2)  the words and expressions “floor area”, “fire resistance rating”, “smoke detector”, “closure”, “mercantile occupancy”, “business and personal services occupancy”, “industrial occupancy", “assembly occupancy", “residential occupancy”, “flame-spread rating”, “dwelling unit”, “means of egress”, “fire separation” and “alteration” have the meaning given to them by the National Building Code as adopted by Chapter 1 of the Construction Code (O.C. 953-2000 as amended), hereinafter referred to as the National Building Code; and

(3)  the words and expressions “care occupancy”, “treatment occupancy”, “detention occupancy” and “suite” have the meaning given to them by the standard applicable at the time of the construction or alteration of the building as provided for in section 344.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1; O.C. 454-2014, s. 1; O.C. 348-2015, s. 1.

DIVISION II APPLICATION

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

338. Subject to the exemptions provided for in section 29 of the Building Act (chapter B-1.1) and in sections 340 to 342 of this Regulation, this Chapter applies to every building and every facility intended for use by the public, and to the vicinity of such a building or facility.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

339. For the purposes of this Chapter, the following facilities are deemed to be facilities intended for use by the public in accordance with section 10 of the Act:

(1)  bleachers, grandstands or exterior terraces whose highest point above the ground exceeds 1.2 m and whose load capacity exceeds 60 persons;

(2)  tents or outdoor air-supported structures referred to in Chapter I of the Building Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) and used

(a)  as residential occupancies or health care or detention occupancy whose floor area is 100 m2 or more; or

(b)  as assembly occupancies or mercantile occupancies whose floor area exceeds 150 m2 or whose load capacity exceeds 60 persons;

(3)  belvederes built with materials other than backfill and constituted of horizontal platforms linked by their construction elements whose total area exceeds 100 m2 or whose load capacity exceeds 60 persons including means of access.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

340. Any building, other than a private seniors’ residence, for which the sole occupancy is one of the occupancies in the National Building Code listed below is exempted from the application of this Chapter:

(1)  an assembly occupancy not covered by paragraph 6 that accommodates no more than 9 persons;

(2)  a health care or detention occupancy that constitutes

(a)  a prison;

(b)  a supervised education centre with or without detention facilities used to shelter or accommodate no more than 9 persons; or

(c)  a convalescence home, a care occupancy or assistance occupancy or a rehabilitation centre used to shelter or accommodate no more than 9 persons;

(3)  a residential occupancy that constitutes

(a)  a rooming house or an outfitter offering no lodgings when the building has no more than 9 rooms;

(b)  a single-family dwelling used by a natural person who lives there to operate a bed and breakfast service in which no more than 5 bedrooms are available;

(c)  a single-family dwelling used by a natural person who lives there to operate a school accommodating no more than 15 students at any one time;

(d)  a monastery, a convent or novices’ quarters owned by a religious corporation incorporated under a special Act of Québec or the Religious Corporations Act (chapter C-71), where that building or part of the building divided by a firewall is occupied by no more than 30 persons and where the building height does not exceed 3 storeys;

(e)  a shelter used to shelter or accommodate no more than 9 persons;

(f)  a building used as a dwelling unit that

i.  has a building height of no more than 2 storeys; or

ii.  has no more than 8 dwelling units;

(4)  a business and personal services occupancy having a building height of no more than 2 storeys;

(5)  a mercantile occupancy having a total floor area of no more than 300 m2;

(6)  a childcare centre used to shelter or accommodate no more than 9 persons;

(7)  a subway station;

(8)  an agricultural building;

(9)  an industrial occupancy;

(10)  a building left vacant for the purposes of construction, demolition or renovation work.

Despite the exemption provided for in the first paragraph and in section 341, the requirements respecting a water cooling tower facility provided for in Division VII apply to every water cooling tower facility.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1; O.C. 232-2013, s. 1; O.C. 454-2014, s. 2.

341. Buildings for which the occupancy, in addition to one or more of the occupancies exempted under paragraphs 1, 3, 4, 5 and 6 of section 340, is one of the following occupancies, are also exempted from the application of this Chapter:

(1)  a building used as a dwelling unit that has a building height of no more than 2 storeys or contains no more than 8 dwelling units;

(2)  a mercantile occupancy having a total floor area of no more than 300 m2;

(3)  a business and personal services occupancy having a building height of no more than 2 storeys.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

342. Any establishment or construction site referred to in the Act respecting occupational health and safety (chapter S-2.1) is exempted from the application of Part 3, Indoor and Outdoor Storage, Part 4, Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Part 5, Hazardous Processes and Operations, of Division B of the National Fire Code referred to in section 370.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

343. Unless otherwise provided for, a reference in this Chapter to a standard or code is a reference to the standard or code as adopted by the Chapter of the Construction Code or the Security Code that refers to it.

In addition, when the other chapters of the Safety Code include more stringent or different provisions applicable to the situations covered by this Chapter, the provisions of those specific chapters prevail.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

DIVISION III GENERAL

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

§ 1 . — Standards applicable to all buildings, by year of construction

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

344. Subject to the more stringent standards provided for in Division IV, a building must conform to the standards applicable at the time of construction which, under the system of objective-based codes, target the objectives of safety, health and the protection of buildings against fire and structural damage.

Depending on the year of construction or alteration of the building, the applicable standard is the standard indicated in the following table:

Year of construction          Standard applicable 
or alteration

Building constructed or       The Regulation respecting safety in public buildings,
altered prior to 1            except section 1, pars. 7.1, 7.2, 8.1 and 9.1, section
December 1976                 6, subsection 1, 2nd par. and subsections 1.1, 2, 3, 
                              4, 4.1, 4.2, and 4.3, sections 7, 8.1, 11.1 and 16.1,
                              section 17, subsection 4.1, section 18, subsections 2,
                              3 and 5.1, section 32.1, subsections 1b and 4,
                              and sections 33, 36, 44, 45, 51 and 53 (1981, chapter S-3, r. 4)

Building constructed or       Building Code (1981, c. S-3, r. 2)
altered between 1 December 
1976 and 24 May 1984

Building constructed or       National Building Code 1980 “NBC 1980”, English 
altered between 25 May        edition No.17303, published by the National Research
1984 and 17 July 1986         Council of Canada, including January 1983 revisions
                              and errata and January 1984 revisions, hereinafter 
                              referred to as NBC 1980 am. Québec. (O.C. 912-84, 84-04-11).

Building constructed or       National Building Code of Canada 1985 “NBC 1985”,
altered between 18 July       NRCC English  edition No. 23174, including the 
1986 and 10 November 1993     errata of October 1985 and January 1986, the 
                              revisions of January 1986, except the revision
                              relating to Sentence 9 of Article 3.1.4.5., the 
                              revisions of July and November 1986, January 1987,
                              January and December 1988 and also January 1989, 
                              published by the National Research Council of Canada,
                              hereinafter referred to as NBC 1985 am. Québec 
                              (O.C. 2448-85, 85-11-27)

Building constructed or       National Building Code of Canada 1990 “NBC 1990”,
altered between 11            English edition  No. 30620, published by the National
November 1993 and             Research Council of Canada, including the revisions
6 November 2000               of January and July 1991 and the revisions of 
                              January and September 1992, hereinafter referred to
                              as NBC 1990 am. Québec (O.C. 1440-93, 93-10-13)

Building constructed or       Construction Code of Québec, Chapter I, Building, and
altered between 7             National Building Code of Canada 1995 (amended),
November 2000 and             National Building Code - Canada 1995 (NRCC 38726),
16 May 2008                   including the revisions of July 1998 and November 
                              1999 and the Code national du bâtiment - Canada 1995 
                              (CNRC 38726F), including the revisions of July 1998 
                              and November 1999, published by the Canadian 
                              Commission on Building and Fire Codes of the National
                              Research Council of Canada, hereinafter referred to 
                              as NBC 1995 am. Québec (O.C. 953-2000, 2000-07-26)

Building constructed or       Construction Code of Québec, Chapter I, Building, and
altered between 17 May 2008   National Building Code of Canada 2005 (amended),
and 12 June 2015              National Building Code of Canada 2005 (NRCC 47666) 
                              and Code national du bâtiment-Canada 2005 (CNRC 
                              47666F), published by the Canadian Commission on 
                              Building and Fire Codes of the National Research 
                              Council of Canada, hereinafter referred to as NBC 
                              2005 am. Québec (O.C. 293-2008, 2008-03-19)

Building constructed or       Construction Code of Québec, Chapter I, Building, and
altered after 13 June 2015    National Building Code of Canada 2010 (amended),
                              National Building Code of Canada 2010 (NRCC 53301) 
                              and Code national du bâtiment-Canada 2010 (CNRC 
                              53301F), published on 29 November 2015 by the Canadian
                              Commission on Building and Fire Codes of the National Research 
                              Council of Canada, hereinafter referred to as NBC 
                              2010 am. Québec (approved by O.C. 347-2015, 2015-04-15)

        

However, the standards apply taking into account the fact that

(1)  a previous standard may be applied for a period of 18 months following the date of coming into force of a new standard;

(2)  a requirement of the code in force at the time of construction may be subject to an equivalent or different measure as provided for in sections 127 and 128 of the Act;

(3)  prior to 7 November 2000, since the notion of residential board and care occupancy did not exist, the construction of a building housing the clients of a residential board and care occupancy was subject to the requirements applicable to a hospital (care occupancy) as set out in the code in force at the time of construction; a care occupancy meeting the definition of a residential board and care occupancy may conform with the requirements of NBC 2005 am. Québec subject to the more stringent provisions of Division IV;

(4)  more than 10 persons may sleep in a residential board and care occupancy, a convalescent home or a children’s custodial home referred to in Sentences 3 and 4 of Article 3.1.2.5 of NBC 2005 am. Québec, as long as no more than 9 persons are lodged there;

(5)  a private seniors’ residence constructed or altered prior to 13 June 2015 may be a residential occupancy for the elderly, a single-family type residential occupancy for the elderly or a residential board and care occupancy providing lodging for the elderly; and

(6)  a private seniors’ residence constructed or altered after 13 June 2015 is a care occupancy (Group B, Division 3).

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1; O.C. 348-2015, s. 2.

§ 2 . — Proper working condition

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

345. A building or facility intended for use by the public must be maintained in a safe and proper working condition.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

DIVISION IV MORE STRINGENT PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN BUILDINGS

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

§ 1 . — More stringent standards applicable to a building housing a residential occupancy or a care and treatment occupancy

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

I. Fire alarm and detection system

346. In buildings constructed or altered prior to 7 November 2000, the fire alarm and detection system must conform to the requirements of NBC 1995 am. Québec, except those of Sentence 3.2.4.19.(5).

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1; O.C. 1035-2015, s. 1.

346.1. Despite section 346, a private seniors’ residence must be equipped with a fire alarm and detection system, except

(1)  a single-family type residential occupancy for the elderly;

(2)  a residential board and care occupancy that lodges no more than 9 persons and whose building consists of a dwelling unit having a building height of no more than 2 storeys.

O.C. 1035-2015, s. 2.

347. In a residential occupancy for the elderly and a residential board and care occupancy designed in compliance with Sentence 3.1.2.5. of NBC 1995 am. Québec or 2005 am. Québec, a single-signal fire alarm and detection system must be connected to a fire department; the connection must be designed to ensure that, when the fire alarm is triggered, the fire department is alerted, in accordance with NBC 1995 am. Québec.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

348. In a residential board and care occupancy designed in compliance with Sentence 3.1.2.5. of NBC 1995 am. Québec or 2005 am. Québec, the fire alarm and detection system may be a single-signal or dual-signal system.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

349. In a residential occupancy for the elderly equipped with a fire alarm system, smoke detectors must be installed in each bedroom that is not part of a dwelling unit.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

350. In a residential occupancy for the elderly, when a sound signal device must be added to a bedroom or dwelling unit, it must include a visual signal device having a power level of at least 110 cd.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

351. In a dwelling unit and in a hotel or motel suite comprising several rooms, the acoustic pressure level of a fire alarm signal must be at least 85 dBA near the entry door, once the door is closed.

In the bedrooms of a residential occupancy, other than in the bedrooms of a dwelling unit, the standard is 75 dBA.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

352. The provisions of Sentences 3.2.4.19.(10) and (11) NBC 1995 am. Québec do not apply if the sound signal devices are connected to a class “A” circuit according to CAN/ULC-S524, Installation of Fire Alarm Systems.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

II. Smoke alarms

353. Smoke alarms conforming to CAN/ULC-S531, Smoke Alarms, must be installed

(1)  in every dwelling unit;

(a)  on each storey; and

(b)  on each storey where bedrooms are located, the smoke alarms must be installed between the bedrooms and the remainder of the storey, except if the bedrooms are accessed by a corridor, in which case the smoke alarms must be installed in the corridor;

(2)  in each sleeping room that is not part of a dwelling unit, except in care or detention occupancies, which must be equipped with a fire alarm system;

(3)  in each corridor and each shared rest or activity area in a residential occupancy for the elderly that is not equipped with a fire alarm and detection system;

(4)  in sleeping rooms and in the corridors of a residential board and care occupancy designed in compliance with Article 3.1.2.5 of NBC 1995 am. Québec or 2005 am. Québec, if the bedrooms are not equipped with smoke detectors;

(5)  in each sleeping room, corridor and shared rest or activity area of a single-family type residential occupancy for the elderly.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

354. Subject to the more stringent requirements of sections 355 and 356, the smoke alarms required under section 353 must, when required by the standard in force at the time of construction or alteration of the building,

(1)  be installed by permanent connections to an electrical circuit and have no disconnect switch between the overcurrent device and the smoke alarm; and

(2)  be wired so that the activation of one alarm will automatically cause all alarms within the dwelling unit to sound.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

355. The smoke alarms required under paragraphs 3 to 5 of section 353 must

(1)  be installed by permanent connections to an electrical circuit and have no disconnect switch between the overcurrent device and the smoke alarm;

(2)  be wired so that the activation of one alarm will automatically cause all alarms within the dwelling unit to sound; and

(3)  be wired so that the activation of one alarm in a building housing a residential occupancy for the elderly of the rooming house type will automatically cause all the alarms to sound.

In addition, the smoke alarms required under paragraph 4 of section 353 must

(1)  be of a photoelectric type;

(2)  be interconnected and connected to visual signal devices that allow the personnel assigned to the sleeping rooms to see from where the smoke alarm is triggered, and

(3)  be connected to the fire department as provided for in NBC 1995 am. Québec.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

356. Smoke alarms must be installed on or close to the ceiling in accordance with CAN/ULC-S553, Standard for the Installation of Smoke Alarms.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

357. A manual device may be installed at a specific point in the electrical circuit for the smoke alarm in a dwelling unit to shut off the sound signal emitted by the smoke alarm for no more than 10 minutes; after that time, the smoke alarm must re-activate.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

358. Every smoke alarm must be replaced 10 years after the date of manufacture indicated on the cover. If no date of manufacture is indicated, the smoke alarm is considered to be non-compliant and must be replaced without delay.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

III. Carbon monoxide alarms

359. A carbon monoxide alarm must be installed in every dwelling unit, residential occupancy for the elderly or residential board and care occupancy designed in compliance with Article 3.1.2.5. of NBC 1995 am. Québec or 2005 am. Québec that contains

(1)  a heating appliance; or

(2)  direct access to an indoor parking garage.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

360. Carbon monoxide alarms must

(1)  conform to CAN/CSA-6.19, Residential Carbon Monoxide Alarming Devices;

(2)  be equipped with an integrated alarm that meets the audibility requirements of CAN/CSA-6.19, Residential Carbon Monoxide Alarming Devices;

(3)  be installed according to the manufacturer’s recommendations.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

IV. Fire separation

361. In a building constructed or altered prior to 1 December 1976, the floors must constitute fire separations with a fire resistance rating of at least 30 minutes or meet the requirements of NBC 1980 am. Québec. The elements supporting the floors must also have a fire resistance rating of at least 30 minutes or meet the requirements of NBC 1980.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

362. In a building constructed or altered prior to 25 May 1984, suites of residential occupancy must be isolated from the remainder of the building by fire separations in accordance with the requirements of Section 3.3 or with Part 9 of NBC 1980 am. Québec. However, existing fire separations may have a fire resistance rating of only 30 minutes.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

363. In a care occupancy constructed or altered prior to 25 May 1984, all or part of a floor area occupied by bedrooms must conform to Subsection 3.3.3. of NBC 1980 am. Québec.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

364. Every opening in a fire separation of a building constructed or altered prior to 25 May 1984 must be equipped with a closure in accordance with the requirements of NBC 1980 am. Québec.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

365. A building constructed or altered prior to 25 May 1984 and containing a floor that does not end with a vertical fire separation from the floor to the underside of the floor or roof and have a fire resistance rating at least equal to the rating for the floor on which it abuts must meet the requirements of NBC 1980 am. Québec.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

V. Emergency lighting

366. Emergency lighting must conform to the requirements of the Construction Code, NBC 1995 am. Québec.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

367. In a single-family type residential occupancy for the elderly, emergency lighting must be installed in corridors, stairways and means of egress and be designed to provide automatically electric power for 30 minutes if the normal source of power supply fails.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

VI. Flame-spread rating

368. In a residential occupancy for the elderly constructed or altered prior to 25 May 1984, the flame-spread rating of the interior finish of the walls and ceilings must conform to NBC 1985 am. Québec.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

VII. Means of egress

369. In a single-family type residential occupancy for the elderly, when at least 1 bedroom is laid out to accommodate the elderly, the basement must have an exit opening directly to the exterior.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

In force: 2020-12-02

VIII. Sprinkler system

In force: 2022-12-02

369.1. A building housing a private seniors’ residence, constructed or altered in compliance with an applicable standard prior to NBC 2010 am. Québec, must be completely sprinklered, except

(1)  a single-family type residential occupancy for the elderly, provided that each storey accessible to the persons lodged in the occupancy is served by 2 means of egress, one of which leads directly to the exterior;

(2)  a residential board and care occupancy that lodges no more than 9 persons and whose building consists of a dwelling unit having a building height of no more than 2 storeys, provided that each storey accessible to the persons lodged in the occupancy is served by 2 means of egress, one of which leads directly to the exterior and the other leads to another floor area and is separated from adjoining spaces by a fire separation;

(3)  a building housing solely a residential occupancy for the elderly having a building height of 1 storey, a building area no more than 600 m2, no more than 8 dwelling units and in which no more than 16 persons lodge.

O.C. 1035-2015, s. 3.

In force: 2022-12-02

369.2. The sprinkler system required in section 369.1 must conform to the requirements of Section 3.2.5. of NBC 2005 am. Québec, but must be designed, constructed, installed and tested in accordance with NFPA Standard 13, except a combustible concealed space no more than 450 mm high that does not have to be sprinklered.

Despite the foregoing, the following may be sprinklered in compliance with NFPA Standard 13D where the water supply capacity for the sprinkler system is not less than 30 minutes:

(1)  a single-family type residential occupancy for the elderly, provided that each storey accessible to the persons lodged in the occupancy, except the second storey, is served by 2 means of egress, one of which leads directly to the exterior;

(2)  a residential board and care occupancy that lodges no more than 9 persons and whose building consists of a dwelling unit having a building height of no more than 2 storeys, provided that each storey accessible to the persons lodged in the occupancy, except the second storey, is served by 2 means of egress, one of which leads directly to the exterior.

This section does not apply to a building which, on 2 December 2015, is completely sprinklered by a system installed in accordance with the standard applicable on the year of construction.

O.C. 1035-2015, s. 3.

DIVISION V FIRE PROTECTION PROVISIONS ADOPTED BY WAY OF REFERENCE TO THE NATIONAL FIRE CODE

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

370. The fire protection standards established by the National Fire Code of Canada 2010 (NRCC 53303) and the Code national de prévention des incendies - Canada 2010 (CNRC 53303F), hereinafter referred to as the NFCC, published by the Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes of the National Research Council of Canada, as well as by all subsequent amendments that may be published by that organization, apply to the buildings and equipment intended for use by the public referred to in this Chapter, amended, where applicable, as indicated in Appendix 1.

Despite the foregoing, amendments published after 18 March 2013 apply only as of the date that is the last day of the sixth month following the month of publication of the French text of the amendments.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1; O.C. 454-2014, s. 3.

DIVISION VI PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE MAINTENANCE OF FAÇADES AND MULTISTOREY GARAGES

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

§ 1 . — Building façades

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

I. Application

371. This subdivision applies to all building façades of 5 or more storeys above ground.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

II. Maintenance

372. Building façades must be maintained so as to ensure safety and prevent the development of a dangerous condition.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

III. Register

373. The following information or documents concerning a building must, during the building’s lifetime, be recorded in or appended to a register kept available on the premises for consultation by the Board:

(1)  the owner’s contact information;

(2)  if available, a copy of the construction plans for the façades as built, and any photograph, document or technical information showing the changes made;

(3)  a description of all repair, modification or maintenance work carried out on elements of the façade;

(4)  a description of recurrent repairs to solve a given problem;

(5)  façade inspection reports.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

IV. Façade safety verification

374. Every 5 years, the owner of a building must obtain a verification report from an engineer or architect stating that the building’s façades are not in a dangerous condition and, if applicable, that recommendations on ways to correct defects that may contribute to the development of a dangerous condition have been made.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

V. Dangerous condition

375. For the purposes of this subdivision, a building is in a dangerous condition when, at any time, an element of the façade may detach itself from the building or collapse and cause personal injury.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

376. When, during a verification or otherwise, a dangerous condition is detected, the owner must

(1)  implement emergency measures without delay to ensure the safety of occupants and the general public;

(2)  notify the Board without delay;

(3)  send the Board, within 30 days, a written description by an engineer or architect of the corrective work required to eliminate the dangerous condition and, for approval, a schedule for the corrective work;

(4)  ensure that the work is completed in accordance with the description, plan and schedule;

(5)  obtain, at the completion of the work, a verification report confirming the safety of the building’s façades;

(6)  send to the Board a letter signed by the engineer or architect confirming that all the corrective work has been completed to the engineer’s or architect’s satisfaction and that the building is no longer in a dangerous condition.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

377. An engineer or architect responsible for a verification who notes that a building is in a dangerous condition must inform the owner and the Board and describe the emergency measures established or to be established without delay to correct the dangerous condition.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

VI. Requirements concerning the production of a verification report

378. To produce a building façade verification report, each façade of a building must be examined. The choice of the verification method is the responsibility of an engineer or architect and the engineer or architect must order any test, examination or trial considered necessary.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

379. The owner must provide access to the site and make the construction plans and specifications and any other relevant documents available to the engineer or architect, along with previous verification reports.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

380. During the verification, loose, unstable, poorly attached or broken elements must be safely removed to discover the cause of the problem.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

381. The verifications required to produce the report must be made within 6 months before the date of production of the verification report.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

VII. Frequency of verification reports

382. The owner of a building must obtain a façade safety verification report no later than the date of the 10th anniversary of the building’s construction.

However, if the building is over 10 years old on 18 March 2013, the verification report must be obtained

(1)  within 24 months from that date if the building is more than 45 years old;

(2)  within 36 months from that date if the building is more than 25 but less than 45 years old;

(3)  within 48 months from that date if the building is more than 15 but less than 25 years old;

(4)  within 60 months from that date if the building is more than 10 but less than 15 years old.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

383. Subsequently, the owner must obtain a façade safety verification report for every building within 5 years of the date of production of the previous report.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

VIII. Content of the verification report certifying façade safety

384. A verification report certifying façade safety must contain the following information or documents:

(1)  the name, signature and business address of the engineer or architect;

(2)  a description of the mandate, the documentary review, the observation methods applied and the scope of the verification;

(3)  the address of the building;

(4)  the dates of the inspection work;

(5)  the location and a description of any defects and their causes that may contribute to the development of a dangerous condition, such as water infiltration, rust spots, efflorescence, flaking, cracks, deformation, bulging or movement affecting the sheathing materials, or attachment problems affecting an element fixed to a façade, such as an antenna, canopy, sign or mast;

(6)  a description of the corrective work required to ensure that the building façades are safe, and the schedule recommended for its implementation;

(7)  a summary of the report confirming that the building façades are not in a dangerous condition and, where applicable, that recommendations have been submitted to the owner concerning ways to correct the defects observed that may contribute to the development of a dangerous condition;

(8)  appendices containing photographs, drawings and any other relevant information obtained during the verification, to complete the report.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

§ 2 . — Multistorey garages

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

I. Application

385. This subdivision applies to underground and aboveground multistorey garages with a concrete slab whose driveable portion is not laid directly on the ground.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

II. Maintenance

386. A multistorey garage must be maintained so as to ensure safety and prevent the development of a dangerous condition.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

III. Register

387. The following information or documents concerning a multistorey garage must, during the garage’s lifetime, be recorded in or appended to a register kept available on the premises for consultation by the Board:

(1)  the owner’s contact information;

(2)  if available, a copy of the construction plans for the multistorey garage as built, and any photograph, document or technical information showing the changes made;

(3)  a description of all repair or modification work carried out on the multistorey garage;

(4)  a description of recurrent repairs to solve a given problem;

(5)  the annual verification reports and the reports on any problem observed with respect to the multistorey garage;

(6)  the in-depth verification reports for the multistorey garage.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

IV. Annual verification

388. Each year, the owner of a multistorey garage must carry out a verification and record its condition in an information sheet, accompanied by dated photographs. The information sheet must contain the information and be presented in the form specified in Schedule II.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

V. In-depth verification of multistorey garage safety

389. Every 5 years, the owner of a multistorey garage must obtain, from an engineer, an in-depth verification report stating that the multistorey garage is not in a dangerous condition and, if applicable, that recommendations on ways to correct defects that may contribute to the development of a dangerous condition have been made.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

390. An in-depth verification of the multistorey garage must also be carried out following any event that may affect its structural behaviour.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

VI. Dangerous condition

391. A multistorey garage is in a dangerous condition when, at any time, one of its components may fall or collapse and cause personal injury.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

392. When a dangerous condition is detected, the owner must

(1)  implement emergency measures without delay to ensure the safety of users and the general public;

(2)  notify the Board without delay;

(3)  send to the Board, within 30 days, a written description by an engineer of the corrective work required to eliminate the dangerous condition and, for approval, a schedule for the corrective work;

(4)  ensure that the work is completed in accordance with the description, plan and schedule;

(5)  obtain, at the completion of the work, a verification report confirming the safety of the multistorey garage;

(6)  send to the Board a letter signed by the engineer confirming that all the corrective work has been completed to the engineer’s satisfaction and that the multistorey garage is no longer in a dangerous condition.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

393. An engineer responsible for a verification who notes that a multistorey garage is in a dangerous condition must inform the owner and the Board and describe the emergency measures established or to be established without delay to correct the dangerous condition.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

VII. Requirements concerning the production of an in-depth verification report

394. To produce a verification report, all the components of the multistorey garage must be examined. The choice of the verification method is the responsibility of an engineer and the engineer must order any test, examination or trial considered necessary.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

395. The owner must provide access to the site and make the construction plans and specifications and any other relevant documents available to the engineer, including reports on the soil and foundations, previous annual verification reports and previous in-depth verification reports.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

396. The verifications required to produce the report must be made within 6 months before the date of production of the verification report.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

VIII. Frequency of in-depth verification reports

397. The owner of a multistorey garage must obtain an in-depth verification report no sooner than 12 months and no later than 18 months after construction work is completed.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

398. For a multistorey garage more than 1 year but less than 5 years old, the owner must obtain an in-depth verification report before the end of the first year following 18 March 2013.

However, this verification is not required if the engineer who supervised the construction work prepares, less than 18 months after the end of the construction work, a report meeting the same requirements as an in-depth verification report.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

399. For a multistorey garage over 5 years old, the owner must obtain an in-depth verification report within 3 years after 18 March 2013.

Subsequently, the owner must obtain an in-depth verification report on the safety of the multistorey garage within 5 years of the anniversary date of the previous verification report.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

IX. Content of the in-depth verification report on multistorey garage safety

400. An in-depth verification report establishing the safety of a multistorey garage must contain the following information or documents:

(1)  the name, signature and business address of the engineer;

(2)  a description of the mandate, the documentary review, the observation methods applied and the scope of the verification;

(3)  information on the multistorey garage, including its location, age, dimensions, method of construction and load carrying capacity;

(4)  the date of the verification work;

(5)  the outcome of the verification of all the structural elements of the multistorey garage assessed, including concrete characteristics, the state of corrosion of the reinforcement, and a description of any defects that may contribute to the development of a dangerous condition, along with their causes;

(6)  the location of any defects noted during the verification;

(7)  a description of the corrective work required to ensure that the multistorey garage remains safe, and the schedule recommended for its implementation;

(8)  a summary of the report confirming that the multistorey garage is not in a dangerous condition and, where applicable, that recommendations have been submitted to the owner concerning ways to correct the defects observed that may contribute to the development of a dangerous condition;

(9)  appendices containing photographs, drawings and any other relevant information obtained during the in-depth verification, to complete the report.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

DIVISION VII PROVISIONS RESPECTING THE MAINTENANCE OF WATER COOLING TOWER FACILITIES

O.C. 232-2013, s. 2; O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

§ 1 . — Maintenance

O.C. 232-2013, s. 2; O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

401. A water cooling tower facility must be maintained according to a maintenance program.

O.C. 232-2013, s. 2; O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

402. The maintenance program must be drawn up and signed by one or more members of a professional order according to their field of practice and whose activities are related to the field of water cooling tower facilities. The program must contain

(1)  the procedure for winterizing and re-starting, if applicable;

(2)  the procedure for stopping and re-starting during the operation period;

(3)  the cleaning procedure;

(4)  the procedure for maintaining the quality of the water in order to minimize the development of bacteria and to permanently limit the Legionella pneumophila concentration to a level below 10,000 CFU/L (colony-forming units per litre of water). That procedure must include

(a)  the place where the samples must be taken for the analysis of the Legionella pneumophila concentration in the water; and

(b)  the corrective measures to be applied when the result of a sample analysis indicates a Legionella pneumophila concentration equal to or greater than 10,000 CFU/L but less than 1,000,000 CFU/L, in order to bring the Legionella pneumophila concentration to a level below 10,000 CFU/L;

(5)  the decontamination procedure to be applied when the result of a sample analysis indicates a Legionella pneumophila concentration of 1,000,000 CFU/L or more;

(6)  the measures for reducing corrosion, scaling and the accumulation of organic matter;

(7)  a schematic plan of the water network of the water cooling tower facility;

(8)  the list of the chemical products and substances to be used and their description, if applicable; and

(9)  the measures for verifying the mechanical components of the water cooling tower facility.

The maintenance program must be drawn up by taking into account the documents indicated in Schedule III.

O.C. 232-2013, s. 2; O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

403. The maintenance program must take into account the history of the water cooling tower facility, including

(1)  a major breakdown;

(2)  the repairs made following the breakdown;

(3)  the use of the decontamination procedure; and

(4)  the replacement of a device or equipment.

O.C. 232-2013, s. 2; O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

404. The program must be revised, by one or more members of a professional order according to their field of practice and whose activities are related to the field of water cooling tower facilities, ever 5 years or following one of the following events:

(1)  an alteration of the water cooling tower facility affecting the maintenance program;

(2)  a change in the procedure for maintaining the quality of water;

(3)  the use of the decontamination procedure.

O.C. 232-2013, s. 2; O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

§ 2 . — Declaration of the water cooling tower facility

O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

405. Owners of water cooling tower facilities must send to the Board, within 30 days of the facility’s initial start-up and on 1 March of each year,

(1)  the address where the water cooling tower facility is located;

(2)  the name and contact information of the owner of the water cooling tower facility;

(3)  the name of the member or members of a professional order who drew up the maintenance program;

(4)  a brief description of the type of water cooling tower facility;

(5)  the operation period of the water cooling tower facility; and

(6)  the name of the person in charge of maintenance and that person’s telephone number.

The declaration may be made on the form provided for that purpose by the Board or on any other document containing the same information clearly and legibly drawn up for that purpose.

Owners of water cooling tower facilities must immediately inform the Board of any change to the information provided under this section.

O.C. 232-2013, s. 2; O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

§ 3 . — Register

O.C. 232-2013, s. 2; O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

406. The following information and documents relating to a water cooling tower facility must be entered in a register, available on the premises for consultation by the Board, during the existence of the facility:

(1)  the name and contact information of the owner of the water cooling tower facility;

(2)  if available, the copy of the plans for the design and installation of the water cooling tower facility as executed, and any technical document or information related to the alterations made to the plans;

(3)  the manufacturer’s operation and maintenance manual;

(4)  the maintenance programs;

(5)  the results of the water analyses for the past 2 years, namely:

(a)  the forms for sending samples to the laboratory and the results of the Legionella pneumophila concentration analyses;

(b)  the analysis results or the readings of the physical, chemical or microbiological indicators identified by the professional who drew up the procedure for maintaining the quality of water;

(6)  the history and description of the maintenance, repairs, replacements and alterations made;

(7)  the name of the person responsible for and of the personnel assigned to the maintenance and their telephone number.

O.C. 232-2013, s. 2; O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

§ 4 . — Taking and analysis of samples to determine the Legionella pneumophila concentration

O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

407. The owner must take samples or cause them to be taken and have them analysed to determine the Legionella pneumophila concentration in CFU/L:

(1)  at the time of re-starting, after winterizing;

(2)  at least once every 30 days, during the operation period;

(3)  between 2 and 7 days, following the application of the decontamination procedure.

O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

408. The sample must be taken at a point in the circuit that is the most representative of the water that will be dispersed by aerosol and out of the direct influence of the make-up water and of the addition of treatment products.

O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

409. The sample must be taken and kept in accordance with Standard DR-09-11, Protocole d’échantillonnage de l’eau du circuit des tours de refroidissement pour la recherche des légionnelles, published by the Centre d’expertise en analyse environnementale du Québec.

O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

410. The sample must be sent for analysis to a laboratory accredited by the Centre d’expertise en analyse environnementale du Québec for the determination of Legionella pneumophila concentration.

O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

411. The sample analysis to determine the Legionella pneumophila concentration must be made by a method using culture mediums.

O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

412. Each sample taken sent to an accredited laboratory must be accompanied by a sending form duly completed. The form must include the following information:

(1)  the address where the water cooling tower facility is located;

(2)  the name and contact information of the owner of the water cooling tower facility;

(3)  the identification number of the water cooling tower facility assigned by the Board;

(4)  the date and time of sampling and the water temperature;

(5)  the name and signature of the sampler;

(6)  the reference and location of the point of sampling;

(7)  the nature and concentration of treatment products; and

(8)  the date and time of the last injection of treatment products in the network of the water cooling tower facility, if such injection is not continuous.

O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

§ 5 . — Results of the analysis for Legionella pneumophila concentration

O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

413. The owner must make sure to obtain all the results of the analysis made by the accredited laboratory to determine Legionella pneumophila concentration.

O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

414. The owner must make sure that the Board receives from the accredited laboratory all the results of the analysis made by the accredited laboratory within 30 days of the sample taking, using an information technology medium furnished by the Board.

O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

415. The owner must make sure to obtain the result of the accredited laboratory on the business day following the result of the analyses where a result

(1)  indicates a Legionella pneumophila concentration equal to or greater than 10,000 CFU/L but below 1,000,000 CFU/L;

(2)  makes impossible to quantify the Legionella pneumophila concentration by reason of the presence of interfering flora.

O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

416. The owner must make sure to obtain the result of the accredited laboratory without delay when an analysis result indicates a Legionella pneumophila concentration of 1,000,000 CFU/L or more. In that case, the owner must make sure that the Board and the public health director of the region where the water cooling tower facility is located receive the result from the accredited laboratory without delay.

In that case, the owner must also make sure that the accredited laboratory will keep the sample isolate or isolates and the analysis result for 3 months.

O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

417. Where the analysis result indicates a Legionella pneumophila concentration equal to or greater than 10,000 CFU/L but below 1,000,000 CFU/L, the owner of the water cooling tower facility must

(1)  identify the causes of the increase in the Legionella pneumophila concentration;

(2)  apply corrective measures; and

(3)  verify the effectiveness of the corrective measures.

O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

418. Where the analysis result makes it impossible to quantify the Legionella pneumophila concentration by reason of the presence of an interfering flora, the owner of the water cooling tower facility must

(1)  identify the causes of the presence of interfering flora;

(2)  apply corrective measures; and

(3)  verify the effectiveness of the corrective measures.

O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

419. Where the analysis result indicates a Legionella pneumophila concentration of 1,000,000 CFU/L or more, the owner of the water cooling tower facility must

(1)  implement measures that will eliminate any water dispersion by aerosol, such as stopping the ventilators;

(2)  immediately apply the decontamination procedure;

(3)  identify the causes of the concentration above 1,000,000 CFU/L with the member or members of a professional order who drew up the maintenance program;

(4)  apply corrective measures;

(5)  verify the effectiveness of the corrective measures; and

(6)  take a new sample in accordance with the paragraph 3 of section 407 and send it to the accredited laboratory for a new analysis of the Legionella pneumophila concentration.

O.C. 454-2014, s. 4.

DIVISION VIII OFFENCE

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

420. Any violation of the provisions of this Chapter constitutes an offence.

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1; I.N. 2014-08-01 (former 407 renumbered).

APPENDIX 1

Chapter VIII Building, Division A, (Section 370)

National Fire Code of Canada 2010 (NRCC 53303)

 _________________________________________________________________________________
|                |                                                                |
|    Article     |                         Amendment                              |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|  Division A -  |                                                                |
|    Part 1      |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   1.1.1.1.     | Replace Sentence 1 by the following:                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “1) This Code applies to all facilities intended for use by the|
|                | public, all installations and all new and existing buildings,  |
|                | and to building construction, renovation and demolition sites, |
|                | subject to the field of application determined by the Board or |
|                | by another authority having jurisdiction (see Appendix A).”.   |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   1.2.1.1.     | Add “and approved by the Board or, in the case of buildings    |
|                | over which the Board does not have jurisdiction, by the        |
|                | authority having jurisdiction” after “solutions” in Clause     |
|                | 1.2.1.1.(1)(b).                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   1.3.3.2.     | Replace everything following “defined” in Sentence 1 by “the   |
|                | standard applicable at the time of construction of             |
|                | alteration.”.                                                  |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   1.4.1.2.     | Replace the relevant definitions in Sentence 1 by the          |
|                | following definitions:                                         |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “Air-supported structure (structure gonflable) means a movable |
|                | structure consisting of a pliable membrane that achieves and   |
|                | maintains its shape and support by internal air pressure and is|
|                | installed for a maximum period of 6 months.”;                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “Authority having jurisdiction (autorité compétente) means the |
|                | Régie du bâtiment du Québec (the “Board”), a regional county   |
|                | municipality or a local municipality.”;                        |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “Care occupancy (établissement de soins) has the meaning       |
|                | defined by the standard applicable at the time of construction |
|                | or alteration of the building.”;                               |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “Firewall (mur coupe-feu) has the meaning defined by the       |
|                | standard applicable at the time of construction or alteration  |
|                | of the building.”;                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “First storey (premier étage) means the floor defined by the   |
|                | standard applicable at the time of construction or alteration  |
|                | of the building.”;                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “Grade (niveau moyen du sol) has the meaning defined by the    |
|                | standard applicable at the time of construction or alteration  |
|                | of the building.”;                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “Major occupancy (usage principal) has the meaning defined by  |
|                | the standard applicable at the time of construction or         |
|                | alteration of the building.”;                                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “Treatment occupancy (établissement de traitement) has the     |
|                | meaning defined by the standard applicable at the time of      |
|                | construction or alteration of the building.”;                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Replace everything following “harboured” in the definition of  |
|                | “Residential occupancy” in Sentence 1 by “or interned, for     |
|                | the purpose of receiving medical care, and are not             |
                 | involuntarily detained.”;                                      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following definition after Sentence 1:                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “Building height (hauteur de bâtiment) (in stories) has the    |
|                | meaning defined by the standard applicable at the time of      |
|                | construction or alteration of the building.”;                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “Stage (scène) means a space designed for public performances  |
|                | and rapid changes of scenery, with lighting at ceiling level   |
|                | and facilities to create sound and light effects, generally but|
|                | not compulsorily separated from the room by a proscenium wall  |
|                | and a curtain.”;                                               |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “Tent (tente) means a movable, portable fabric structure that  |
|                | is erected outdoors for a maximum period of 6 months.”;        |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add “as a domicile” after “to be used” in the definition of    |
|                | “Dwelling unit” in Sentence 1;                                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Strike out the definitions of “Care” and “Treatment”.          |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   1.4.2.1.     | Add “Lx ……… Lux” and “ml ………. millilitre” in Sentence 1, in    |
|                | alphabetical order.                                            |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   Division A   |                                                                |
|   Appendix A   |                                                                |
|  Explanatory   |                                                                |
|     notes      |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
| A-1.1.1.1.(1)  | Strike out the last two sentences of the third paragraph of    |
|                | note A-1.1.1.1 1).                                             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
| A-1.4.1.2.(1)  | Strike out the paragraphs “Treatment”, “Care Occupancy”,       |
|                | “Treatment Occupancy” and “Grade”                              |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   Division B   |                                                                |
|     Part 1     |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    1.3.1.2.    | Replace respectively, in Table 1.3.1.2, referred to hereafter, |
|                | the following standards:                                       |
|                |                                                                |
|                | NFPA                                                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 68-2007 Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting           |
|                | 3.2.8.2.(1)                                                    |
|                | 4.2.9.9.(1)                                                    |
|                | 4.3.14.3.(1)                                                   |
|                | 4.9.3.1.(1)                                                    |
|                | 4.9.4.2.(1)                                                    |
|                | 5.3.1.6.(2)                                                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add, in Table 1.3.1.2, in order of the organizations, the      |
|                | following standards:                                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “CSA                                                           |
|                | CAN/CSA-B149.5-05                                              |
|                | Installation Code for Propane Fuel Systems and Tanks on        |
|                | Highway Vehicles                                               |
|                | 2.4.4.3.(1)”                                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “NFPA                                                          |
|                | 101-2009                                                       |
|                | Life Safety Code                                               |
|                | 2.7.1.5.(4)                                                    |
|                | 2.7.1.5.(5)”                                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “NFPA                                                          |
|                | 45-2011                                                        |
|                | Standard on Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals   |
|                | 5.5.1.1.(2)                                                    |
|                | 5.5.2.2.(2)                                                    |
|                | 5.5.4.2.(3)                                                    |
|                | 5.5.4.3.(1)                                                    |
|                | 5.5.5.1.(4)                                                    |
|                | 5.5.5.2.(4)”                                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “ULC                                                           |
|                | ULC/ORD-C107.4-                                                |
|                | Ducted Flexible Underground Piping Systems for Flammable and   |
|                | Combustible Liquids                                            |
|                | 4.5.2.1.(3)”                                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “ULC                                                           |
|                | ULC/ORD-C107.7                                                 |
|                | Glass Fibre Reinforced Plastic Pipe and Fittings for Flammable |
|                | and Combustible Liquids                                        |
|                | 4.5.2.1.(3)”                                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “ULC                                                           |
|                | ULC/ORD-C107.19                                                |
|                | Secondary Containment of Underground Piping for Flammable and  |
|                | Combustible Liquids                                            |
|                | 4.5.2.1.(3)”                                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “ULC                                                           |
|                | ULC/ORD-C-627.1-2008-EN-EL                                     |
|                | Unvented Ethyl Alcohol Fuel Burning Decorative Appliances      |
|                | 2.4.10.1.(1)”                                                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “ULC                                                           |
|                | ULC/ORD-C971                                                   |
|                | Nonmetallic Underground Piping for Flammable and Combustible   |
|                | Liquids                                                        |
|                | 4.5.2.1.(3)”                                                   |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   Division B   |                                                                |
|     Part 2     |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.1.2.1.    | Replace “the NBC. (See Appendix A.)” in Sentence 1 by “the     |
|                | requirements in force at the time of construction or           |
|                | alteration”.                                                   |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.1.3.1.    | Replace Sentence 1 by the following:                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “1) Fire alarm, standpipe and sprinkler systems shall conform  |
|                | to the requirements in force at the time of construction or    |
|                | alteration or, if applicable, to the more stringent provisions |
|                | applicable to certain buildings under Section IV of Chapter    |
|                | VIII of the Safety Code (see Appendix B).”.                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.1.3.2.    | Replace Sentence 1 by the following:                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “1) A voice communications system or systems integrated with   |
|                | the general fire alarm system shall be provided in buildings in|
|                | conformance with the requirements in force at the time of      |
|                | construction or alteration.”.                                  |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.1.3.3.    | Replace by the following:                                      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.1.3.3. Smoke Alarms                                         |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) Smoke alarms shall conform to the requirements in force at  |
|                | the time of construction, or, if applicable, to the more       |
|                | stringent provisions applicable to certain buildings under     |
|                | Section IV of Chapter VIII of the Safety Code (see Appendix B).|
|                |                                                                |
|                | 2) Every smoke alarm shall be replaced 10 years after the date |
|                | of manufacture indicated on the cover. If no date of           |
|                | manufacture is indicated, the smoke alarm shall be replaced    |
|                | without delay.”.                                               |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.1.3.4.    | In Sentence 1, replace “, as is required by the NBC” by “in    |
|                | conformance with the standard in force at the time of          |
|                | construction or alteration”, and replace “edition of the NBC”  |
|                | by “standard”.                                                 |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.1.3.5.    | Replace Sentence 1 by the following:                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “1) A fire suppression system shall conform to one of the      |
|                | standards listed in Sentences (3) and (4).”.                   |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.1.3.6.    | Replace “the NBC” in Sentence 1 by “the requirements in force  |
|                | at the time of construction or alteration”.                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.1.3.8.    | Replace “the NBC” in Sentence 1 by “the requirements in force  |
|                | at the time of construction or alteration”.                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.1.5.1.    | Replace Sentence 1 by the following:                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “1) Portable extinguishers that meet the requirements of       |
|                | Sentences (2) to (4) shall be installed in all buildings,      |
|                | except dwelling units and shared areas serving fewer than 5    |
|                | dwelling units, except in the case of a day-care centre (see   |
|                | Appendix A).”.                                                 |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.1.6 Carbon Monoxide Alarms                                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 2.1.6.1. Carbon Monoxide Alarms                                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) Carbon monoxide alarms shall conform to the requirements in |
|                | force at the time of construction or alteration or, if         |
|                | applicable, to the more stringent provisions applicable to     |
|                | certain buildings under Section IV of Chapter VIII of the      |
|                | Safety Code (see Appendix B).”.                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.2.1.1.    | Replace “the NBC” in Sentences (1), (2) and (3) by “the        |
|                | requirements in force at the time of construction or alteration|
|                | or, if applicable, to the more stringent provisions applicable |
|                | to certain buildings under Section IV of Chapter VIII of the   |
|                | Safety Code (see Appendix B).”.                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.2.2.1.    | Replace “the NBC” in Sentence 1 by “the requirements in force  |
|                | at the time of construction or alteration or, if applicable, to|
|                | the more stringent provisions applicable to certain buildings  |
|                | under Section IV of Chapter VIII of the Safety Code (see       |
|                | Appendix B).”;                                                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Replace “the NBC” in Sentence 2 by “the requirements in force  |
|                | at the time of construction or alteration”.                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.2.2.4.    | Replace “conforming to the NBC” in Sentence 2 by “that conforms|
|                | to the requirements in force at the time of construction or    |
|                | alteration”.                                                   |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.3.1.1.    | Replace “the NBC” in Sentence 1 by “the requirements in force  |
|                | at the time of construction or alteration or, if applicable,   |
|                | with the more stringent provisions applicable to certain       |
|                | buildings under Section IV of Chapter VIII of the Safety Code  |
|                | (see Appendix B).”.                                            |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.3.2.1.    | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2) The use of cut softwoods, softwood branches, dried plants  |
|                | or plastic foam as decorative materials is prohibited in       |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) an exit,                                                    |
|                | b) an assembly occupancy,                                      |
|                | c) a hotel establishment,                                      |
|                | d) a care occupancy or detention occupancy, or                 |
|                | e) a mercantile occupancy.”.                                   |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.3.2.3.    | Replace Sentence 1 by the following:                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), bed linen, window      |
|                | drapes and cubicle curtains used in care occupancies shall     |
|                | conform to CAN/CGSB-4.162-M, “Hospital Textiles - Flammability |
|                | Performance Requirements”.”;                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Replace Sentence 3 by the following:                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “3) Mattresses, bed linen, window drapes and cubicle curtains  |
|                | need not conform to Sentences (1) and (2) if used in           |
|                | residential board and care occupancies”.                      |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.4.1.1.    | Replace “waste” in Sentence 1 by “materials”;                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add “attic or roof spaces” after “crawl spaces” in Sentence 3; |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “7) Outdoor storage receptacles, such as dumpsters, used for   |
|                | combustible materials and over 2,000 litres in capacity shall  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) be located at least 3 m from any opening in a building or   |
|                | combustible component of a building, except if a steel screen  |
|                | with an air space of 25 mm or a masonry screen protects the    |
|                | opening or wall, and                                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | b) be equipped with a cover that shall remain closed and       |
|                | padlocked.”.                                                   |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.4.1.2.    | Replace “the NBC” in Sentence 1 by “the requirements in force  |
|                | at the time of construction or alteration”.                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.4.3.1.    | Replace Clause (b) of Sentence 1 by the following:             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “b) in dining areas in care occupancies.”.                     |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.4.3.2.    | Replace “Group B, Divisions 2 and 3 care and” in Sentence 1 by |
|                | “care or”.                                                     |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.4.4.3. Propane-Powered Vehicles                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) Propane-powered vehicles shall not be exposed indoors unless|
|                | the relevant safety measures, namely those of Section 5.14 of  |
|                | CAN/CGA-B149.5 M95, “Installation Code for Propane Systems and |
|                | C Tanks on Highway Vehicles, are followed”.”.                  |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.4.8. Plastic Foam                                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.4.8.1. Protection of Plastic Foam                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) Plastic foam insulators shall be protected in conformance   |
|                | with the requirements in force at the time of construction or  |
|                | alteration.                                                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.4.9. Work Tables                                            |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.4.9.1. Work Tables                                          |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) In mercantile occupancies or industrial occupancies, every  |
|                | work table over 7.5 m in length under which combustible        |
|                | materials are stored shall                                     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) be equipped with incombustible dividers fixed transversally |
|                | under the table at a distance of no more than 3 m from each    |
|                | other, or                                                      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | b) be equipped with sprinklers underneath.                     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.4.10. Ethyl Alcohol Fuel Burning Appliances                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.4.10.1 Ethyl Alcohol Fuel Burning Appliances                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) All ethyl alcohol fuel burning appliances containing over   |
|                | 250 ml shall be manufactured in accordance with ULC/ORDC-627.1,|
|                | “Unvented Ethyl Alcohol Fuel Burning Decorative Appliances”.   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.4.11. Lightning Protection Installations                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.4.11.1. Lightning Protection Installations                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) All lightning protection installations shall be maintained  |
|                | in good operating condition.                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.4.12. Portable Cooking Appliances                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.4.12.1. Inside a Building                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) No portable cooking appliance fuelled by charcoal or gas may|
|                | may be used inside a building.                                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.4.12.2. Outside a Building                                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) No portable cooking appliance fuelled by charcoal or gas    |
|                | may be used outside a building less than 600 mm from a door    |
|                | or window.                                                     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.4.13. Stages                                                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.4.13.1. Protection Equipment                                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) All stages shall be equipped with at least 2 portable       |
|                | extinguishers that conform to Subdivision 2.1.5.               |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 2) All walkways over a stage shall be equipped with at least 2 |
|                | portable extinguishers that conform to Subdivision 2.1.5.      |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.4.13.2. Scenery and Props                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) Only the scenery and props required for the current         |
|                | performance may be kept on the stage and on walkways over the  |
|                | stage. All other scenery and props shall be stored in storage  |
|                | areas that conform to the requirements in force at the  time of|
|                | construction or alteration.”.                                  |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.5.1.1.    | Replace “the NBC” in Sentence 1 by “the requirements in force  |
|                | at the time of construction or alteration (see Appendix A).”.  |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.5.1.2.    | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2) The access panels or windows provided to facilitate        |
|                | firefighting operations shall be marked.”.                     |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.5.1.4.    | Replace by the following:                                      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.5.1.4. Fire Department Connections                          |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) Access to fire department connections for sprinkler or      |
|                | standpipe systems by firefighters and their equipment shall be |
|                | maintained free of obstructions to a distance of at least 1.5 m|
|                | at all times.                                                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 2) When a building has more than one fire department           |
|                | connection, each fire department connection shall be identified|
|                | on the basis of its functions.”.                               |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.6.1.1.    | Replace “the NCB” in Sentence 1 by “the requirements in force  |
|                | at the time of construction or alteration”.                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.6.1.2.    | Replace by the following:                                      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.6.1.2. Solid Fuels                                          |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) Solid fuel bins shall be located not less than 1.2 m from   |
|                | the appliance served.”.                                        |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.6.1.5.    | Replace “the NBC” in Sentence 1 by “the requirements in force  |
|                | at the time of construction or alteration”.                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.6.1.6.    | Replace “disconnect switches” in Sentence 2 by “circuit        |
|                | breakers”.                                                     |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.6.1.9.    | Replace Sentence 1 by the following:                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “1) Commercial cooking equipment exhaust and fire protection   |
|                | systems shall be designed and installed in conformance with the|
|                | requirements in force at the time of construction or           |
|                | alteration.”.                                                  |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.6.2.1.    | Replace “the NBC” in Sentence 1 by “the requirements in force  |
|                | at the time of construction or alteration”.                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.6.3.2.    | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2) All electrical equipment vaults shall be identified by a   |
|                | poster.”.                                                      |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.7.1.1.    | Replace by the following:                                      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.7.1.1. Means of Egress                                      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) Means of egress shall be provided in buildings in           |
|                | conformance with the requirements in force at the time of      |
|                | construction or alteration or, if applicable, with the more    |
|                | stringent provisions applicable to certain buildings under     |
|                | Section IV of Chapter VIII of the Safety Code (see Appendix    |
|                | B).”.                                                          |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.7.1.2.    | Replace “by the NBC” in Clause (b) of Sentence 1 by “by the    |
|                | requirements in force at the time of construction or           |
|                | alteration”;                                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Strike out “business and personal services,” in Clause (a) of |
|                | Sentence 3;                                                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add “business and personal services and” after “in” in Clause  |
|                | (c) of Sentence 3.                                             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.7.1.3.    | Replace by the following:                                      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.7.1.3. Occupant Load                                        |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) The maximum number of occupants permitted in any room shall |
|                | be calculated                                                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) except as provided in Sentence (2), in Group A assembly     |
|                | occupancies, on the basis of the net floor space per occupant  |
|                | specified in Table 2.7.1.3,                                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | b) for occupancies in another group, on the basis of the net   |
|                | floor space per occupant of 0.4 m2, excluding the floor space  |
|                | occupied by furniture and equipment, or                        |
|                |                                                                |
|                | c) on the basis of the number of occupants for which means of  |
|                | egress are provided, if that number is below the number        |
|                | determined under Clause (a) or (b).                            |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (See Appendix A.)                                              |
|                |                                                                |
|                |                       Table 2.7.1.3.                           |
|                |                   Number of Occupants                          |
|                |       Forming an integral part of Sentence 2.7.1.3(1)          |
|                |                                                                |
|                |  _______________________________________________________       |
|                | |                                      |                |      |
|                | | Use of floor space or part of floor  | Net floor space|      |
|                | | space                                |  coefficient   |      |
|                | |                                      |      per       |      |
|                | | Assembly occupancy                   | occupant in m2 |      |
|                | |______________________________________|________________|      |
|                | |                                      |                |      |
|                | | Bars, dining areas and cafeterias    |      1.2       |      |
|                | |(note 1)                              |                |      |
|                | |______________________________________|________________|      |
|                | |                                      |                |      |
|                | | Rooms with movable seating other than|      0.75      |      |
|                | | bars and dining areas (note 2)       |                |      |
|                | |______________________________________|________________|      |
|                | |                                      |                |      |
|                | | Rooms with tables and movable seating|      0.95      |      |
|                | | other than bars and dining areas     |                |      |
|                | | (note 2)                             |                |      |
|                | |______________________________________|________________|      |
|                | |                                      |                |      |
|                | | Meeting rooms without seats (note 3) |      0.6       |      |
|                | |______________________________________|________________|      |
|                | |                                      |                |      |
|                | | Bowling alleys and pool halls (note  |      9.3       |      |
|                | | 4)                                   |                |      |
|                | |______________________________________|________________|      |
|                | |                                      |                |      |
|                | | Classrooms                           |     1.85       |      |
|                | |______________________________________|________________|      |
|                | |                                      |                |      |
|                | | Exhibition rooms                     |       3        |      |
|                | |______________________________________|________________|      |
|                | |                                      |                |      |
|                | | Reading, study and rest rooms        |     1.85       |      |
|                | |______________________________________|________________|      |
|                | |                                      |                |      |
|                | | Stages                               |      0.75      |      |
|                | |______________________________________|________________|      |
|                |                                                                |
|                |  Note 1: The coefficient of 1.2 m2 shall be used for dining    |
|                |  areas, bars and cafeterias, whatever their layout. In bars    |
|                |  and licensed beverage establishments, the coefficient of      |
|                |  0.6 m2 may be used only for the parts of the floor area used  |
|                |  without seating or tables (dance floor, standing bar, etc.).  |
|                |                                                                |
|                |  Note 2: The coefficients of 0.75 m2 and 0.95 m2 are reserved  |
|                |  for occupancies other than dining areas, bars or cafeterias   |
|                |  (see note 1) such as bingo halls, assembly rooms and meeting  |
|                |  rooms.                                                        |
|                |                                                                |
|                |  Note 3: The density of occupants in assembly occupancies is   |
|                |  limited to 0.6 m2 of free floor space per occupant to ensure  |
|                |  that occupants are not prevented from reaching exits by       |
|                |  excessive occupant density.                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                |  Note 4: The coefficient of 9.3 m2 shall be used for bowling   |
|                |  alleys and pool halls. When the room is used as a bar or      |
|                |  licensed beverage establishment, the coefficient of 1.2 m2    |
|                |  shall be used once the area of the pool table has been        |
|                |  subtracted from the space used by the public.                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 2) In a room or part of a room in an assembly occupancy with   |
|                | fixed seating, the maximum number of occupants shall be        |
|                | determined by the number of fixed seats and the aisles         |
|                | required for the fixed seating shall not be used to increase   |
|                | the maximum permitted number of occupants.                     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 3) For the purposes of Sentences (1) and (2), the maximum      |
|                | occupancy load of a room shall be determined by the maximum    |
|                | number of occupants that may be admitted to the floor area     |
|                | where the room is situated, taking the means of egress into    |
|                | consideration.                                                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 4) The number of occupants admitted to a room shall not exceed |
|                | the maximum number of occupants calculated in conformance with |
|                | Sentences (1) to (3).                                          |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 5) The authority having jurisdiction may require that the      |
|                | information, calculations and drawings showing compliance with |
|                | Sentence (4) be provided in writing.”.                         |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.7.1.4.    | Replace “the NBC” in Sentence 2 by “the requirements in force  |
|                | at the time of construction or alteration”.                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.7.1.5.    | Add “Except as provided in Sentence (4),” before “When” in     |
|                | Sentence 1;                                                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Replace the part of Clause (f) of Clause 1 preceding Clause (i)|
|                | by the following:                                              |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “f) except as provided in Sentence (3), when the number of     |
|                | seats in the room exceeds 100,”;                               |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add “Except as provided in Sentence (5)” before “When” in      |
|                | Sentence 3;                                                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “4) Nonfixed seats may be laid out using the criteria in       |
|                | Sections 13.2.5.5 and 13.2.5.6 of NFPA 101, “Life Safety Code”,|
|                | if                                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) the minimum clear width specified in Clause (a) of          |
|                | Sentence (1) is respected; and                                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | b) the requirements of Clause (f) of Sentence (1) are          |
|                | respected.                                                     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “5) Tables provided with nonfixed seats may be laid out using  |
|                | the criteria in Sections 13.2.5.7 and 13.2.5.8 of NFPA 101,    |
|                | “Life Safety Code”.”.                                          |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.7.1.7.    | Replace Sentence 2 by the following:                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2) The windows of sleeping rooms that are required as an exit |
|                | and are located in a basement shall not be obstructed by snow, |
|                | materials or objects that prevent emergency evacuation.”.      |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.7.3.1.    | Replace everything following “buildings” in Sentence 1 by “in  |
|                | conformance with the requirements in force at the time of      |
|                | construction or alteration or, if applicable, with the more    |
|                | stringent provisions applicable to certain buildings under     |
|                | Section IV of Chapter VIII of the Safety Code (see Appendix    |
|                | B).”.                                                          |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.8.1.1.    | Replace “the NBC” in Clause (b) of Sentence 1 by “the          |
|                | requirements in force at the time of construction or           |
|                | alteration”;                                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following after Clause (f) in Sentence 1:              |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “g) every building housing a private seniors’ residence.”.     |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.8.2.1.    | Strike out “in cooperation with the fire department and other  |
|                | applicable regulatory authorities” in Sentence 1.              |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.8.2.2.    | Replace by the following:                                      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.8.2.2. Care, Treatment and Detention Occupancies and        |
|                | Private Seniors’ Residences                                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) A sufficient number of supervisory staff shall be on duty in|
|                | care and detention occupancies and private seniors’ residences |
|                | to apply the emergency procedures to be used in case of fire   |
|                | detailed in clause 2.8.2.1(1)(a).”.                            |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.8.2.4.    | Replace everything preceding “fire safety plan” by the         |
|                | following:                                                     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “1) In high buildings as defined in the standard applicable at |
|                | the time of construction or alteration, and in buildings in    |
|                | which any of the following facilities is installed,”.          |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.8.2.5.    | Replace Sentence 2 by the following:                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2) The copy reserved for use by the fire department shall be  |
|                | kept:                                                          |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) at the central alarm and control facility in the case of a  |
|                | high building as defined in the standard applicable at the time|
|                | of construction or alteration, and                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | b) at the place determined in cooperation with the fire        |
|                | department in all other cases.”;                               |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “3) In a residential board and care occupancy, a copy of the   |
|                | fire safety plan and a complete list of all occupants,         |
|                | including the location of all occupants with special egress    |
|                | needs, shall be available and kept at a place determined in    |
|                | cooperation with the fire department.”.                        |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.8.2.7.    | Add after “hotel” in Sentence 2 “, rooming house”.             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.8.2.8. Supervisory Staff                                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) In an occupied building equipped with a dual signal fire    |
|                | alarm, there shall be sufficient supervisory staff, and no less|
|                | than 3 persons, on duty able to apply the emergency procedures |
|                | to be used in case of fire referred to in Sentence 2.8.2.1.(1),|
|                | combat an incipient fire using appropriate means, and using    |
|                | the building’s firefighting equipment appropriately. One such  |
|                | person shall be present at all times at the central alarm and  |
|                | control facility or at the fire alarm panel.”.                 |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.8.3.1.    | Replace Clause (e) in Sentence 1 by the following:             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “e) the features of the fire emergency systems installed in the|
|                | building and subject to additional requirements for high       |
|                | buildings in force at the time of construction or alteration,  |
|                | and”.                                                          |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.8.3.2.    | Replace by the following:                                      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.8.3.2. Fire Drill Frequency                                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) Fire drills as described in Sentence 2.8.3.1.(1) shall be   |
|                | held at intervals not greater than 12 months for the           |
|                | supervisory staff, except that                                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) in Group B major occupancies and in private seniors’        |
|                | residences, such drills shall be held at intervals not greater |
|                | than 6 months; however, occupants who cannot evacuate the      |
|                | building without assistance or who have health problems are    |
|                | not required to take part in the evacuation, but the           |
|                | supervisory staff shall still prepare them as if they were to  |
|                | be evacuated,                                                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | b) in schools and day-care centres, total evacuation drills    |
|                | shall be held at least once in the fall and once in the spring,|
|                |                                                                |
|                | c) in high buildings as defined by the requirements in force at|
|                | the time of construction or alteration, except a Group C major |
|                | occupancy building, such drills shall be held at intervals not |
|                | greater than 6 months,                                         |
|                |                                                                |
|                | d) in Group A, Division 1 major occupancies, such drills shall |
|                | be held at intervals not greater than 3 months.”.              |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.8.4. Duties of the Owner                                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.8.4.1. Duties of the Owner                                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) The portion of a building occupied before the end of its    |
|                | construction or alteration shall be                            |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) equipped with a fire detection and alarm system in proper   |
|                | working order,                                                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | b) equipped with the fire suppression measures required by the |
|                | requirements in force at the time of construction or alteration|
|                | and in proper working order,                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | c) equipped with usable means of egress free from all          |
|                | obstructions,                                                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | d) served by at least 2 exits, and                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | e) isolated from the portion of the building where work is in  |
|                | progress by a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating of |
|                | not less than 1 h.                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 2) The portion of the building where work is in progress shall |
|                | be under appropriate surveillance.”                            |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     2.9.       | Add the following after “2.9 Tents and Air-Supported           |
|                | Structures”:                                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “(See Appendix A.)”.                                          |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.9.1.1.    | Replace by the following:                                      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.9.1.1. General                                              |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) Tents and air-supported structures shall conform to the     |
|                | NBC.”.                                                         |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.9.3.5.    | Strike out “(see Appendix A.)”.                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.9.3.7. Heat- or Light-Producing Appliances                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) The use of cooking equipment or a combustion appliance is   |
|                | prohibited in a tent or air-supported structure that is        |
|                | accessible to the public.                                      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 2) Cooking appliances with more than 2 baskets used to fry     |
|                | food that are used inside a tent or air-supported structure    |
|                | that is not accessible to the public shall be protected by a   |
|                | special fire suppression system in conformance with Article    |
|                | 2.1.3.5.                                                       |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 3) Bulbs and projectors for any lighting apparatus for a tent  |
|                | or air-supported structure shall be placed at least 600 mm from|
|                | any combustible substance.                                     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.9.3.8 Interior Dividers                                     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) Fabric panels used to divide the interior space of a tent or|
|                | air-supported structure shall not be installed less than 1 m   |
|                | from the ceiling (see Appendix A.).”.                          |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.10.1.1.   | Replace “the NBC” in Sentence 1 by “the requirements in force  |
|                | at the time of construction or alteration”.                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.10.2.1.   | Replace by the following article:                              |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2.10.2.1. Supervision of Children                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) There shall be sufficient numbers of staff to ensure the    |
|                | evacuation of children in an emergency.”.                      |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.10.3.2.   | Strike out.                                                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.11.1.1.   | Replace Sentence 1 by the following:                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “1) Buildings housing boarders, lodgers or roomers shall       |
|                | conform to the requirements in force at the time of            |
|                | construction or alteration.”.                                  |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.11.2.1.   | Strike out.                                                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.12.1.6.   | Replace “Subsection 2.3.2.” by “Section 2.3.”.                 |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.12.1.9.   | Strike out.                                                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    2.13.2.1.   | Replace “the NBC” by “the requirements in force at the time    |
|                | of construction or alteration”.                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   Division B   |                                                                |
|     Part 2     |                                                                |
|     Table      |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Strike out (3).                                                |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                |                                                                |
|    2.1.3.3.    |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Add the following:                                             |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                | “2.1.6.1 Carbon Monoxide Alarms                                |
|                | (1) [F81, F44-OS3.4]”.                                         |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Add the following:                                             |
|    2.14.1.1.   | “(2) [F02, OS1.5]”.                                            |
|                |                                                                |
|    2.3.2.1.    |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Add the following:                                             |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                | “2.4.4.3 Propane-Powered Vehicles                              |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (1) [F01, F43, F81-OS1.1]                                      |
|                |     [F01, F43, F81-OS1.5].                                     |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Add the following:                                             |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                | “2.4.8.1. Protection of Plastic Foam                           |
|                | (1) [F02-OS1.5]                                                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 2.4.9.1. Work Tables                                           |
|                | (1) [F02, F03-OS1.4]                                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 2.4.10.1 Ethyl Alcohol Fuel Burning Appliances                 |
|                | (1) [F01-OS1.1]                                                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 2.4.12.1 Inside a building                                     |
|                | (1) [F01-OS1.1]                                                |
|                |     [F44-OS3.4]                                                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 2.4.12.2. Outside a building                                   |
|                | (2) [F03-OP3.1]                                                |
|                |     [F03-OP1.2]                                                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 2.4.13.1 Protection Equipment                                  |
|                | (1) [F02-OS1.2]                                                |
|                |     [F02-OP1.2]                                                |
|                | (2) [F02-OS1.2]                                                |
|                |     [F02-OS1.2]                                                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 2.4.13.2. Scenery and Props                                    |
|                | (1) [F01, F02-OS1.5]”.                                         |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Add the following:                                             |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                | “(2) [F12-OP1.2]                                               |
|    2.5.1.2.    |      [F12-OS1.2]”.                                             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Replace the heading by “Fire Department Connections”.          |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                |                                                                |
|    2.5.1.4.    |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Replace the heading by “Solid Fuels”.                          |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                |                                                                |
|    2.6.1.2.    |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Add the following:                                             |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                | “(2) [F34-OS3.3]”.                                             |
|    2.6.3.2.    |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Add the following:                                             |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                | “(3) [F10-OS3.7]                                               |
|    2.7.1.3.    |  (4) [F10-OS3.7]                                               |
|                |  (5) [F10-OS3.7]”.                                             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Add the following:                                             |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                | “(4) [F10-OS3.7]                                               |
|    2.7.1.5.    |  (5) [F10-OS3.7]”.                                             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Replace the heading by the following: “Care, Treatment and     |
|    2.14.1.1.   | Detention Occupancies and Private Seniors’ Residences          |
|                |                                                                |
|    2.8.2.2.    |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Add the following:                                             |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                | “(3) [F12-OS1.2]                                               |
|    2.8.2.5.    |      [F12-OP1.2]”.                                             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Add the following:                                             |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                | “2.8.2.8. Supervisory staff                                    |
|                | (1) [F12, F13-OP1.2]                                           |
|                |     [F12-OS1.2]                                                |
|                |     [F13-OS1.5]”.                                              |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Add the following:                                             |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                | “2.8.4.1. Duties of the Owner                                  |
|                | (1) [F02, F03, F13-OS1.5]                                      |
|                |     [F02, F03, F13-OS3.7]”.                                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Add the following:                                             |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                | “2.9.3.7. Heat- or Light-Producing Appliances                  |
|    2.9.3.7.    | “(1) [F01-OS1.1]                                               |
|                |      [F01-OS1.5]                                               |
|                |  (2) [F02-OP3.1]                                               |
|                |  (3) [F01-OS1.1]”.                                             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Strike out (2).                                                |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                |                                                                |
|    2.10.2.1.   |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Strike out.                                                    |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                |                                                                |
|    2.10.3.2.   |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Strike out.                                                    |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                |                                                                |
|    2.11.2.1.   |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     Table      | Strike out.                                                    |
|    2.14.1.1.   |                                                                |
|                |                                                                |
|    2.12.1.9.   |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   Division B   |                                                                |
|     Part 3     |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|     3.1.2.     | Add “(See Appendix A.)” after “Dangerous Goods”.               |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.1.2.6.    | Replace everything following “persons” in Sentence 1 by        |
|                | “responsible for the application of the fire safety plan to be |
|                | contacted in case of fire during non-operating hours, along    |
|                | with the data sheets for hazardous materials stored or         |
|                | handled in the building.”.                                     |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.1.4.1.    | Replace Sentence 1 by the following:                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “1) Where wiring or electrical equipment is located in areas in|
|                | which flammable gases or vapours, combustible dusts or         |
|                | combustible fibres are present in quantities sufficient to     |
|                | create a hazard, such wiring and electrical equipment shall    |
|                | conform to CSA C22.1, Canadian Electrical Code, Part I, (see   |
|                | note A-5.1.2.1.(1)).”.                                         |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.2.1.1.    | Replace the part of Sentence 1 preceding Clause (a) by the     |
|                | following:                                                     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “1) This Section shall apply to buildings or parts of buildings|
|                | used for the short or long term storage of the following       |
|                | products, whether raw materials, waste, products undergoing    |
|                | processing or finished products:”.                             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.2.2.3.    | Replace Sentence 3 by the following:                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “3) A clear space of at least 300 mm shall be maintained at    |
|                | all times between stored products and the lower chords of      |
|                | structural framing members.”.                                  |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.2.4.2.    | Replace everything following “fire separation” in Sentence 1   |
|                | by “having a rating of not less than 2 h. (see Appendix A).”.  |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.2.4.3.    | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2) A clear space of at least 900 mm shall be maintained       |
|                | between the top of the piles and the sprinkler heads.”.        |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.2.6.2.    | Replace everything following “shall” in Sentence 1 by “be      |
|                | classified as medium hazard industrial occupancies.”.          |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.2.6.4.    | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “6) The minimum clearance between the top of a pile and a      |
|                | sprinkler head shall be 900 mm.”.                              |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.2.7.1.    | Add “(see Appendix A)” after “Application”.                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.2.7.5.    | Replace everything following “building” in Sentence 6 by “fire |
|                | separations having a rating of not less than 2 h.”;            |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Replace everything following “building” in Sentence 7 by “fire |
|                | separations having a rating of not less than 2 h (see note A-  |
|                | 3.1.2.5.(1)).”.                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.2.7.6.    | Add “(see Appendix A)” after “Separation from Other Dangerous  |
|                | Goods”.                                                        |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.2.7.8.    | Replace Clause (a) of Sentence 1 by the following:             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “a) constructed in conformance with the requirements in force  |
|                | at the time of construction or alteration, and”.               |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.2.7.12.   | Replace “the NBC” in Sentence 3 by “the requirements in force  |
|                | at the time of construction or alteration”.                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.2.8.2.    | Replace Clause (a) in Sentence 1 by the following:             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “a) is separated from the remainder of the building by gasproof|
|                | fire separations having a rating of not less than 2 h,”;       |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Replace everything in Clause (c) of Sentence 1 following “are” |
|                | by the following:                                              |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “i) equipped with an automatic closing device that ensures     |
|                | that the closures are closed when not in use, and              |
|                |                                                                |
|                | ii) constructed in such a way as to prevent the migration of   |
|                | gas into the remainder of the building,”;                      |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.2.8.3.    | Replace Clause (a) in Sentence 1 by the following:             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “a) is separated from the remainder of the building by gasproof|
|                | fire separations having a rating of not less than 1 h,”;       |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Replace Clause (c) in Sentence 1 by the following:             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “c) can be entered from the exterior, and whose closures       |
|                | leading to the interior of the building are                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | i) equipped with an automatic closing device that ensures      |
|                | that the closures are closed when not in use, and              |
|                |                                                                |
|                | ii) constructed in such a way as to prevent the migration of   |
|                | gas into the remainder of the building, and”.                  |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.2.9.2.    | Replace everything following “nitrate” in Sentence 1 by “shall |
|                | be medium hazard industrial occupancy.”.                       |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Replace everything following “nitrate” in Sentence 2 by “shall |
|                | not exceed 1 storey.”.                                         |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Replace Sentences 3 and 4 by the following:                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “3) Buildings intended for the storage of ammonium nitrate     |
|                | shall not have                                                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) a basement or crawl space,                                  |
|                | b) uncovered area drains, tunnels, elevator or hoist pits or   |
|                | other cavities where molten ammonium nitrate may accumulate.   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “4) Buildings intended for the storage of ammonium nitrate     |
|                | shall have ventilation openings of at least 0.007 m2 per square|
|                | metre of storage area, unless mechanical ventilation is        |
|                | is provided.”;                                                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following sentences:                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 6) All flooring in storage areas shall be constructed of       |
|                | non-combustible materials.                                     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 7) Buildings used for the storage of ammonium nitrate shall    |
|                | be designed so as to prevent any contact with construction     |
|                | materials that may                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) cause the ammonium nitrate to become unstable,              |
|                | b) corrode or deteriorate after coming into contact with       |
|                | ammonium nitrate, or                                           |
|                | c) become saturated with ammonium nitrate.”.                   |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.3.1.1.    | Insert “, whether raw materials, waste, products undergoing    |
|                | processing or finished products” after “following products” in |
|                | Sentence 1.                                                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    3.3.3.2.    | Strike out everything following “stored products” in Sentence  |
|                | 2.                                                             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   Division B   |                                                                |
|     Part 4     |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    4.1.1.1.    | Add “(See Appendix A.)” after the heading of the article;      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following after Sentence 5:                            |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “6) The application of the requirements of this Part concerning|
|                | maximum storage capacity shall take into account the presence  |
|                | of petroleum products.”.                                       |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    4.1.5.2.    | Replace “will not” in Sentence 1 by “reduces to a tolerable    |
|                | level the”.                                                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    4.1.7.1.    | Replace “NBC” in Sentence 1 by “requirements in force at the   |
|                | time of construction or alteration”.                           |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    4.2.4.3.    | Add “and rooms” after “cabinets” in Sentence 1.                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Strike out Sentence 2.                                         |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    4.2.7.5.    | Replace “the NBC” in Clause (b) of Sentence 2 by “the          |
|                | requirements in force at the time of construction or           |
|                | alteration”.                                                   |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    4.2.9.5.    | Replace “Sentence 3.3.6.4.(2) of Division B of the NBC” in     |
|                | Sentence 1 by “good practice, as set out in NFPA-68,           |
|                | “Venting of Deflagrations””.                                   |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    4.3.3.2.    | Replace Clause (a) of Sentence 1 by the following:             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “a) the requirements in force at the time of construction or   |
|                | alteration, and”.                                              |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    4.5.2.1.    | Replace Sentence 3 by the following:                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “3) The use of non-metallic piping shall be permitted in       |
|                | underground installations if it conforms to one of the         |
|                | following standards:                                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) CAN/ULC-S660, “Standard for Nonmetallic Underground         |
|                | Piping for Flammable and Combustible Liquids”,                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | b) ULC/ORD-C107.4, “Ducted Flexible Underground Piping         |
|                | Systems for Flammable and Combustible Liquids”;                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | c) ULC/ORD-C107.7, “Glass Fibre Reinforced Plastic Pipe        |
|                | and Fittings for Flammable and Combustible Liquids”,           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | d) ULC/ORD-C107.19, “Secondary Containment of                  |
|                | Underground Piping for Flammable and Combustible Liquids”, or  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | e) ULC/ORD-C971, “Nonmetallic Underground Piping for Flammable |
|                | and Combustible Liquids.”.                                     |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    4.5.6.10.   | Replace everything following “trench” in Sentence 2 by the     |
|                | following: “shall                                              |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) be equipped with positive ventilation vented directly to the|
|                | outside air, or                                                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | b) be designed to prevent the accumulation of flammable        |
|                | vapours.”.                                                     |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    4.5.8.2.    | Replace “the NBC” in Sentence 3 by “the requirements in force  |
|                | at the time of construction or alteration”.                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    4.9.3.2.    | Replace everything following “shall” in Sentence 1 by “be      |
|                | isolated from the remainder of the building by a fire          |
|                | separation having a rating of not less than 2 h.”.             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   Division B   |                                                                |
|     Part 5     |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    5.1.1.2.    | Add “(See Appendix A.)” at the end of Sentence 1.              |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    5.1.3.1.    | Replace “NBC” in Sentence 1 by “requirements in force at the   |
|                | time of construction or alteration”.                           |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    5.3.3.4.    | Replace Sentence 1 by the following:                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “1) Nozzles for the standpipe and hose systems shall be of     |
|                | the fog and fine spray type to prevent combustible dust from   |
|                | being driven up by a powerful jet and remaining suspended.”.   |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    5.5.1.1.    | Replace “conform” and everything following in Sentence 2 by:   |
|                | “conform                                                       |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) to Parts 3, 4 and 5, or                                     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | b) in the case of a laboratory to which Sentence 5.5.2.2.(2),  |
|                | applies, to NFPA 45 “Standard on Fire Protection for           |
|                | Laboratories Using Chemicals”.”.                               |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    5.5.2.2.    | Replace by the following:                                      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “5.5.2.2. Separation                                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) Except as provided in Sentence 2, a laboratory shall be     |
|                | separated from other parts of the building by fire separations |
|                | conforming to this Code and the requirements in force at the   |
|                | time of construction or alteration, but having a               |
|                | fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 h.                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 2) In a sprinklered building, the required fire separation     |
|                | between a laboratory and the other parts of the building may   |
|                | be designed to meet the requirements of NFPA 45 “Standard on   |
|                | Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals”. (See        |
|                | Appendix A.)”.                                                 |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    5.5.4.1.    | Replace by the following:                                      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “5.5.4.1. General Ventilation                                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) A laboratory shall be provided with continuous mechanical   |
|                | ventilation that is designed and maintained in a manner that   |
|                | ensures that the vapours and particles produced by dangerous   |
|                | goods                                                          |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) do not accumulate in the laboratory,                        |
|                | b) do not spread to other parts of the building,               |
|                | c) do no accumulate in the ventilation ducts,                  |
|                | d) are vented to the outside, and                              |
|                | e) cannot re-enter the building.                               |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 2) The ventilation system required under this Section shall be |
|                | equipped with monitoring devices that                          |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) indicate when the system is in operation, and               |
|                | b) trigger an alarm if the system fails.”.                     |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    5.5.4.2.    | Replace the part of Sentence 1 preceding Clause (a) by the     |
|                | following:                                                     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the use of dangerous   |
|                | goods in a laboratory shall be confined inside a               |
|                | power-ventilated enclosure conforming to Articles 5.5.4.3. and |
|                | 5.5.4.4. when”;                                                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “3) In a laboratory referred to in Sentence 5.5.2.2.(2), the   |
|                | power-ventilated enclosure mentioned in Sentence (1) and the   |
|                | laboratory ventilation system shall conform to NFPA 45         |
|                | “Standard on Fire Protection for Laboratories Using            |
|                | Chemicals”.”.                                                  |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    5.5.4.3.    | Replace Sentence 1 by the following:                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “1) The ventilation system for a power-ventilated enclosure    |
|                | required in Article 5.5.4.2. shall                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) conform to NFPA 45 “Standard on Fire Protection for         |
|                | Laboratories Using Chemicals”,                                 |
|                | b) ensure the continuous extraction of air at a rate sufficient|
|                | to prevent the formation of combustible or reactive deposits   |
|                | inside the enclosure or the exhaust ducts,                     |
|                | c) confine vapours and particles of dangerous goods to the     |
|                | place where they are produced and vent them to the outside,    |
|                | d) prevent the re-entry of extracted air to the building, and  |
|                | e) be equipped with clearly identified control switches        |
|                | i) located outside the power-ventilated enclosure, and         |
|                | ii) accessible in an emergency.”.                              |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    5.5.4.4.    | Replace “shall conform” and everything that follows in Sentence|
|                | 1 by “shall                                                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), be constructed |
|                | of incombustible materials that are compatible to the vapours  |
|                | and particles produced by the dangerous goods and resistant to |
|                | chemical attack,                                               |
|                | b) include inspection hatches for the inspection and           |
|                | maintenance of fans and ducts,                                 |
|                | c) be provided with instructions for its use and the operation |
|                | of the ventilation system, and                                 |
|                | d) be provided with means to control accidental spillage.”;    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following sentences:                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2) The use of combustible materials shall be permitted under  |
|                | Clause 5.5.4.4.(a)                                             |
|                | a) if no other material offers the necessary degree of         |
|                | resistance to the corrosive action or reactive properties of   |
|                | the dangerous goods used, and                                  |
|                | b) if their flame propagation rating is not more than 25.      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “3) The flame propagation rating in Sentence (2) may be        |
|                | exceeded if the exhaust ducts are provided with an automatic   |
|                | fire suppression system.”.                                     |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    5.5.5.1.    | Replace “The quantity” in Sentence 1 by “Except as provided    |
|                | in Sentence (4), the quantity”;                                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “4) In a laboratory referred to in Sentence 5.5.2.2.(2), the   |
|                | maximum quantity of dangerous goods stored in the laboratory   |
|                | shall conform to NFPA 45 “Standard on Fire Protection for      |
|                | Laboratories Using Chemicals”.”.                               |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    5.5.5.2.    | Replace “(2) and (3)” in Sentence 1 by “(2), (3) and (4)”;     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “4) In a laboratory referred to in Sentence 5.5.2.2.(2),       |
|                | flammable and combustible liquids shall be stored in           |
|                | recipients that conform to NFPA 45 “Standard on Fire           |
|                | Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals”.”.                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   Division B   |                                                                |
|     Part 6     |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    6.5.1.3.    | Replace Sentence 1 by the following:                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “1) Where an emergency power generation system is installed,   |
|                | legible and visible instructions shall be provided permanently |
|                | on or close to the system for switching on essential loads and |
|                | for starting the generator when this is not done               |
|                | automatically.”.                                               |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    6.5.1.6.    | Replace Clause (b) of Sentence 2 by the following:             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “b) at intervals of not more than 12 months, the equipment     |
|                | can provide the necessary lighting in a simulated power shutoff|
|                | for the time prescribed by the requirements in force at        |
|                | the time of construction or alteration.”.                      |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    6.6.1.1.    | Replace by the following:                                      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “6.6.1.1 Inspection, Testing and Maintenance                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) Except as provided in Sentence 2, the inspection, testing   |
|                | and maintenance of special fire suppression systems shall be   |
|                | conducted in conformance with the relevant standards listed    |
|                | in Article 2.1.3.5.                                            |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “2) If the relevant standard referred to in Sentence 1 does not|
|                | specify the inspection and maintenance interval, an interval of|
|                | not more than 6 months shall apply.”.                          |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   Division B   |                                                                |
|     Part 7     |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    7.1.1.1.    | Replace everything following “defined” in Sentence 1 by “by    |
|                | the standard in force at the time of construction or           |
|                | alteration”.                                                   |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    7.1.1.2.    | Replace “Subsection 3.2.6. of Division B of the NBC” by “the   |
|                | requirements in force at the time of construction or           |
|                | alteration”;                                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add “(See note A-6.4.1.1.(1)).” at the end of Sentence 2.      |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|    7.1.1.4.    | Replace everything following “kept” in Sentence 2 by “placed   |
|                | in an easily recognizable box located in plain view outside the|
|                | elevator shaft close to the central alarm and control facility,|
|                | and an extra set of keys for use by firefighters shall be kept |
|                | at the facility”.                                              |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   Division B   |                                                                |
|   Appendix A   |                                                                |
|  Explanatory   |                                                                |
|     notes      |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|  A-2.1.2.1.(1) | Strike out.                                                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|  A-2.1.3.1.(1) | Strike out.                                                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “A-2.1.3.3(5) Battery-powered alarms due for replacement may be|
|                | replaced by photoelectric alarms powered by a lithium          |
|                | battery.”.                                                     |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   A-2.1.3.5.   | Replace the second paragraph by the following:                 |
| (3)(c) and d)  |                                                                |
|                | “NFPA-12A, “Halon 1301 Fire Extinguishing Systems”, and        |
|                | NFPA-12B, “Halon 1211 Fire Extinguishing Systems”, are         |
|                | obsolete. The installation of new halon fire suppression       |
|                | systems is prohibited following the international ban on halon |
|                | gas production. However, both standards are still relevant to  |
|                | the maintenance, decommissioning and recycling of existing     |
|                | halon fire suppression systems.”.                              |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|  A-2.1.5.1.(1) | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “A-2.1.5.1(1) A dwelling used as a daycare centre shall also   |
|                | be equipped with portable extinguishers.”.                     |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “A-2.1.6. Carbon monoxide (CO) is a colourless, odourless      |
|                | gas that can accumulate in confined spaces and reach a lethal  |
|                | concentration without the knowledge of the occupants.          |
|                | Accordingly, as a precautionary measure, rooms that contain    |
|                | or are close to a potential source of CO shall be equipped     |
|                | with some means to detect that gas.                            |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Dwelling units commonly have two potential sources of CO:      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | • fuel-burning space-heating appliances and fuel-burning       |
|                | service water heaters located in the dwelling or in an adjacent|
|                | room in the building;                                          |
|                |                                                                |
|                | • an adjacent garage.                                          |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Fuel-burning space-heating appliances generally produce no CO  |
|                | and, even when they do produce some gas, it is normally        |
|                | vented outside the building by the appliance’s venting system. |
|                | However, heating appliances and ventilation systems may        |
|                | malfunction, and the installation of a CO alarm at appropriate |
|                | places in dwelling units constitutes an inexpensive additional |
|                | safety measure. Similarly, although the walls and floors       |
|                | separating adjacent garages from dwelling units are required   |
|                | by code to be airtight, carbon monoxide from a garage may      |
|                | infiltrate into a dwelling since it is difficult to make the   |
|                | air barrier completely airtight. It is even harder to prevent  |
|                | CO infiltration when the air pressure is lower inside the      |
|                | dwelling than inside the garage. This pressure gradient may be |
|                | due to the ventilation system, or simply to the draft created  |
|                | by the heating system. Once again, the installation of a CO    |
|                | alarm constitutes an inexpensive additional safety measure.”.  |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|  A-2.4.1.1.(1) | Replace “waste” by “materials” in the first sentence;          |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Replace “the presence of these combustibles” in the second     |
|                | sentence by “their presence”.                                  |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|  A-2.4.1.1.(6) | Replace “must be taken” by “are acceptable”.                   |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “A-2.5.1.1. Traffic prohibited                                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 1) When vehicle traffic is prohibited in a street, yard or     |
|                | roadway referred to in Article 2.5.1.1, a corridor along the   |
|                | centre-line of the street, yard or roadway at least 5 m high   |
|                | and 5 m wide shall be provided to allow the movement of fire   |
|                | department vehicles and pedestrians at all times.”.            |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|  A-2.7.1.3.(1) | Strike out the last sentence of the first paragraph;           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Replace the third paragraph by the following:                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “Net floor space referred to in Clauses (a) and (b) is the     |
|                | floor space in a room, excluding accessory areas that cannot be|
|                | used by the public and areas occupied by exits and structural  |
|                | features. Corridors and passages providing access to exits,    |
|                | toilets and accessory areas that cannot be used by the public  |
|                | shall be excluded from the net floor space except if the       |
|                | corridor or passage has a permitted use. For certain uses, when|
|                | the layout may change depending on the activity, it may be     |
|                | appropriate to calculate maximum occupant loads for each of the|
|                | different activities anticipated.”.                            |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “A-2.9 The requirements of this Section apply only to certain  |
|                | types of structures. The word “tent”, for example, as used in  |
|                | this Chapter, refers to a temporary enclosure erected during   |
|                | outdoor events such as fairs and exhibitions. A tent generally |
|                | comprises a piece of fabric stretched over poles and tethered  |
|                | with ropes to the ground. The requirements for tents, as a     |
|                | result, are not intended to apply to fabric structures within  |
|                | buildings or located on building roofs.                        |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Similarly, the expression “air-supported structure” as used in |
|                | the Code refers to an envelope supported solely by air         |
|                | pressure and erected at ground level or over a basement. It is |
|                | generally weighted or anchored to the ground around its        |
|                | perimeter. For this reason, the NBC prohibits the installation |
|                | of an air-supported structure above a building’s first         |
|                | storey.”.                                                      |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|  A-2.9.3.5.(1) | Strike out.                                                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “A-2.9.3.8 A space of at least 1 m is required above the       |
|                | dividers to facilitate smoke detection inside tents and        |
|                | air-supported structures. Taking into account the slope of the |
|                | roof, a maximum of 30% of the divider’s width may be less      |
|                | than 1 m from the ceiling.”.                                   |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “A-3.1.2 For the storage of dangerous goods, the regulations   |
|                | of the Commission de la santé et de la sécurité du travail du  |
|                | Québec (CSST) apply to covered establishments. Refer to the    |
|                | the following regulations:                                     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Regulation respecting occupational health and safety (chapter  |
|                | S-2.1, r. 13)                                                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Regulation respecting information on controlled products       |
|                | (chapter S-2.1, r. 8).”.                                       |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “A-3.2.7.1. The following table, A-3.2.7.1., has been designed |
|                | to include controlled products (WHMIS). It comprises Table     |
|                | 3.2.7.1. with the addition of identification for two existing  |
|                | columns, A and B, and of a new column C. It allows the small   |
|                | quantity exemption (column B) to be applied to controlled      |
|                | products (column C) that are not identified as dangerous goods |
|                | (column A). Column B gives the maximum exempt amount of a      |
|                | (controlled product or association of controlled products      |
|                | identified in column C. It is important to note that a class of|
|                | dangerous goods (column A) on the same line as a class of      |
|                | controlled products (column C) does not indicate an            |
|                | equivalency. Dangerous goods and controlled products are not   |
|                | classified or categorized using the same criteria. In addition,|
|                | a line relating to dangerously reactive materials F (column C) |
|                | has no link to the TDG (column A).                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | When storing dangerous goods indoors, if controlled products   |
|                | are present, it is recommended to proceed as follows:          |
|                |                                                                |
|                | When the controlled products are stored at the same time as    |
|                | dangerous goods, to determine the maximum quantity of dangerous|
|                | goods or controlled products mentioned in the preceding        |
|                | Sentence, according to column B in Table A-3.2.7.1., the       |
|                | following should be used (see the organization chart below for |
|                | determining the exemption for small quantities of dangerous    |
|                | goods or controlled products):                                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) column A in Table A-3.2.7.1. using the primary class based  |
|                | on section 2.8 of TC SOR/2008-34, “Transportation of           |
|                | Dangerous Goods Regulations”;                                  |
|                | b) for merchandise that does not fall into a class under Clause|
|                | (a), column C of Table A-3.2.7.1. based on the primary class of|
|                | controlled products in the Table ranking categories of         |
|                | controlled products (see below); or                            |
|                | c) the most stringent for small quantities based on column B   |
|                | of Table A-3.2.7.1., amended if the precedence mentioned in    |
|                | Clause (a) or (b) has not been established.                    |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
                            

Table A-3.2.7.1. amended

Small Quantity Exemptions for Dangerous Goods and Controlled Products



Organization chart for determining small quantity exemptions for dangerous goods or controlled products



 _________________________________________________________________________________
|                |                                                                |
|                | Order of Precedence Chart for Classes of Controlled Products   |
|                | (WHMIS)*                                                       |
|                |                                                                |
|                | When a hazardous material meets the requirements for inclusion |
|                | in more than one class of controlled product, the class of     |
|                | controlled product indicated in this table is deemed to be the |
|                | primary class for segregation purposes only.                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | _____________________________________________________________  |
|                ||-                                                            | |
|                ||  -                      Class of controlled product         | |
|                ||    -      __________________________________________________| |
|                ||       -  |------|      |     |       |       |        |     | |
|                ||          |------|  B6  |  C  |  D1A  |  D1B  | D2A or |  E  | |
|                ||          |------|      |     |       |       |  D2B   |     | |
|                ||          |______|______|_____|_______|_______|________|_____| |
|                ||          |      |      |     |       |       |        |     | |
|                ||          |  B2  |  B6  |  B2 |   B2  |   B2  |   B2   |  B2 | |
|                ||          |______|______|_____|_______|_______|________|_____| |
|                ||          |      |      |     |       |       |        |     | |
|                ||          |  B3  |  B6  |  B3 |  D1A  |  D1B  |   B3   |  E  | |
|                ||          |______|______|_____|_______|_______|________|_____| |
|                ||          |      |      |     |       |       |        |     | |
|                ||          |  B4  |  B6  |  B4 |  D1A  |  D1B  |   B4   |  E  | |
|                ||          |______|______|_____|_______|_______|________|_____| |
|                ||          |      |      |     |       |       |        |     | |
|                ||  Class   |  B6  |------|  B6 |  D1A  |   B6  |   B6   |  B6 | |
|                ||          |______|______|_____|_______|_______|________|_____| |
|                ||          |      |      |     |       |       |        |     | |
|                ||   of     |  C   |  B6  |-----|  D1A  |   C   |   C    |  C  | |
|                ||          |______|______|_____|_______|_______|________|_____| |
|                ||          |      |      |     |       |       |        |     | |
|                ||controlled| D1A  |  D1A | D1A |-------|  D1A  |   D1A  | D1A | |
|                ||          |______|______|_____|_______|_______|________|_____| |
|                ||          |      |      |     |       |       |        |     | |
|                || product  | D1B  |  B6  |  C  |  D1A  |-------|   D1B  | D1B | |
|                ||          |______|______|_____|_______|_______|________|_____| |
|                ||          |      |      |     |       |       |        |     | |
|                ||          |D2A or|  B6  |  C  |  D1A  |  D1B  |--------|  E  | |
|                ||          | D2B  |      |     |       |       |--------|     | |
|                ||__________|______|______|_____|_______|_______|________|_____| |
|                ||                                                             | |
|                ||* This table is adapted from the table “Table-Precedence     | |
|                || of Classes-Class and Packing Group” for classes of          | |
|                || controlled products (WHMIS) under section 2.8 of the        | |
|                || Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations.              | |
|                ||_____________________________________________________________| |
|                |                                                                |
|                |Using the Order of Precedence Chart for Classes of Controlled   |
|                |Products                                                        |
|                |                                                                |
|                |If, after gathering the appropriate information, a material is  |
|                |found to meet the criteria for inclusion in classes B2, E and   |
|                |D1A, the class having precedence class having precedence is     |
|                |is determined by comparing the classes in pairs. The first      |
|                |combination is B2 and E. After locating class B2 in the         |
|                |left-hand column, and class E in the first row, the class       |
|                |having precedence is indicated in the box where the row and     |
|                |column meet. For this combination, class B2 has precedence over |
|                |class E. Class E can be ignored.                                |
|________________| _______________________________________________________________|
|                ||-                                                            | |
|                ||  -                      Class of controlled product         | |
|                ||    -      __________________________________________________| |
|                ||       -  |------|      |     |       |       |        |     | |
|                ||          |------|  B6  |  C  |  D1A  |  D1B  | D2A or |  E  | |
|                ||          |------|      |     |       |       |  D2B   |     | |
|                ||          |______|______|_____|_______|_______|________|_____| |
|                ||Class of  |      |      |     |       |       |        |     | |
|                ||controlled|  B2  |  B6  |  B2 |   B2  |   B2  |   B2   |  B2 | |
|                ||product   |      |      |     |       |       |        |     | |
|                ||__________|______|______|_____|_______|_______|________|_____| |
|                |                                                                |
|                |Using the same approach, class B2 can be compared to class D1A. |
|                |Class B2 has precedence. Class D1A can be ignored, and class B2 |
|                |becomes the primary class for segregation purposes only.        |
|                |                                                                |
|                | _____________________________________________________________  |
|                ||-                                                            | |
|                ||  -                      Class of controlled product         | |
|                ||    -      __________________________________________________| |
|                ||       -  |------|      |     |       |       |        |     | |
|                ||          |------|  B6  |  C  |  D1A  |  D1B  | D2A or |  E  | |
|                ||          |------|      |     |       |       |  D2B   |     | |
|                ||          |______|______|_____|_______|_______|________|_____| |
|                ||Class of  |      |      |     |       |       |        |     | |
|                ||controlled|  B2  |  B6  |  B2 |   B2  |   B2  |   B2   |  B2 | |
|                ||product   |      |      |     |       |       |        |     | |
|________________||__________|______|______|_____|_______|_______|________|_____|_|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | «A-3.2.7.6. When controlled products (WHMIS) are present       |
|                | during the storage of dangerous goods indoors, it is           |
|                | recommended to use the information on labels and data sheets   |
|                | and to refer to Table A-3.2.7.6. This Table adds columns and   |
|                | lines to Table 3.2.7.6., providing for the application of the  |
|                | principle of separate storage to controlled products that are  |
|                | not identified as dangerous goods. The addition of the top line|
|                | and the left-hand column allows controlled products and        |
|                | combinations of controlled products to be located. The addition|
|                | of two columns on the right-hand side and two bottom lines,    |
|                | specifically for corrosive products, allows acids to be        |
|                | separated from bases. Lastly, the addition of the last         |
|                | right-hand column and the last line at the bottom allows class |
|                | F controlled products to be separated. It is important to note |
|                | that a class of dangerous goods on the same line or in the same|
|                | column as a class of controlled products does not indicate an  |
|                | equivalency.".                                                 |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|            

Table A-3.2.7.6. amended

Separation Chart for Storage of Dangerous Goods and Controlled Products



 _________________________________________________________________________________
|                |                                                                |
|  A-3.2.7.6.(2) | Add the following after “should not be stored with acids”:     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “· Hypochlorites, dichloroisocyanurates and                    |
|                | trichloroisocianuric acid should not be stored with acids.     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | · Oxidizing materials should not be stored with easily         |
|                | oxidized materials, including wooden surfaces.                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | · Toxic or corrosive materials in liquid form should not be    |
|                | stored without anti-spill devices.                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | · Reactive hazardous materials and materials likely to trigger |
|                | a violent polymerization, decomposition or condensation        |
|                | reaction if subjected to vibration, light or sound waves shall |
|                | be stored separately with appropriate protection and           |
|                | stability.”;                                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Replace the last paragraph by the following:                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “Toxic substances should not be stored in the vicinity of      |
|                | chemicals with the following purity levels: B.P. (British      |
|                | Pharmacopeia), B.P.C. (Biotechnology Performance Certified),   |
|                | U.S.P. (U.S. Pharmacopeia), F.C.C. (Food Chemical Codex) and   |
|                | N.F. (National Formulary), since many of them are used in      |
|                | cosmetics, medication and food products. In the event of       |
|                | spillage, the toxic materials will contaminate not only the    |
|                | chemical, but also its container and the “clean room in which  |
|                | it is processed.”.                                             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “A-4.1.1.1. The CSST regulates the storage, handling and       |
|                | use of flammable and combustible materials in liquid form via  |
|                | NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code: 1996 edition   |
|                | - translated into French. See also section 82 of the Regulation|
|                | respecting occupational health and safety                      |
|                | (chapter S-2.1, r. 13).”.                                      |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|  A-4.1.7.1.(1) | Strike out the first paragraph.                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   A-4.1.8.2.   | Add the following paragraph:                                   |
|    (3)(b)      |                                                                |
|                | “In this connection, see also the website for the CSST         |
|                | Répertoire toxicologique (www.reptox.csst.qc.ca).”.            |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “A-5.1.1.2. Québec’s Act respecting explosives (chapter E-22)  |
|                | and Regulation under the Act respecting explosives (chapter    |
|                | E-22, r. 1) contain Québec adaptations of Canada’s Explosives  |
|                | Act (R.S.C. 1985, c. E-17) and Explosives Regulations (C.R.C., |
|                | c. 599).                                                       |
|                |                                                                |
|                | The Safety Code for the construction industry (chapter S-2.1,  |
|                | r. 4), under the Act respecting occupational health and safety |
|                | (chapter S-2.1), deals with the transportation, storage,       |
|                | handling and use of explosives on construction sites (Division |
|                | IV) and underground work sites (Division VIII) and the         |
|                | requirements for using explosive actuated tools (Division VII).|
|                |                                                                |
|                | The Regulation respecting occupational health and safety       |
|                | (chapter S-2.1, r. 13) specifies the qualifications and refers |
|                | to Division IV of the Safety Code for the construction industry|
|                | (chapter S-2.1, r. 4) in connection with all blasting work and |
|                | work requiring the use of explosives.”.                        |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Add the following:                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | “A-5.5.2.2.(2) NFPA 45 “Standard on Fire Protection for        |
|                | Laboratories Using Chemicals” determines the fire separation   |
|                | requirements for laboratories based on the types and           |
|                | quantities of flammable and combustible liquids stored and used|
|                | in each laboratory.”.                                          |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|   Division B   | Add Appendix B                                                 |
|   Appendix B   | Explanatory notes                                              |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | “B-2.1.3.1. The more stringent provisions applicable to certain|
|                | buildings are provided for in Division IV (sections 346 to 369)|
|                | of Chapter VIII of the Safety Code and cover residential       |
|                | occupancies and care and treatment occupancy.                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Sections 346 to 352 cover fire alarm and detection systems.    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 346. In buildings constructed or altered prior to 7 November   |
|                | 2000, the fire alarm and detection system must conform to      |
|                | the requirements of NBC 1995 am. Québec, except those of       |
|                | Sentence 3.2.4.19.(5).                                         |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 346.1. Despite section 346, a private seniors’ residence must  |
|                | be equipped with a fire alarm and detection system, except     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (1) a single-family type residential occupancy for the elderly;|
|                |                                                                |
|                | (2) a residential board and care occupancy that lodges no more |
|                | than 9 persons and whose building consists of a dwelling unit  |
|                | having a building height of no more than 2 storeys.            |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 347. In a residential occupancy for the elderly and a          |
|                | residential board and care occupancy designed in compliance    |
|                | with Sentence 3.1.2.5. of NBC 1995 am. Québec or 2005 am.      |
|                | Québec, a single-signal fire alarm and detection system must   |
|                | be connected to a fire department; the connection must be      |
|                | designed to ensure that, when the fire alarm is triggered, the |
|                | fire department is alerted, in accordance with NBC 1995 am.    |
|                | Québec.                                                        |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 348. In a residential board and care occupancy designed in     |
|                | compliance with Sentence 3.1.2.5. of NBC 1995 am. Québec       |
|                | or 2005 am. Québec, the fire alarm and detection system may    |
|                | be a single-signal or dual-signal system.                      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 349. In a residential occupancy for the elderly equipped with a|
|                | fire alarm system, smoke detectors must be installed in each   |
|                | bedroom that is not part of a dwelling unit.                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 350. In a residential occupancy for the elderly, when a sound  |
|                | signal device must be added to a bedroom or dwelling unit, it  |
|                | must include a visual signal device having a power level of at |
|                | least 110 cd.                                                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 351. In a dwelling unit and in a hotel or motel suite          |
|                | comprising several rooms, the acoustic pressure level of a fire|
|                | alarm signal must be at least 85 dBA near the entry door, once |
|                | the door is closed.                                            |
|                |                                                                |
|                | In the bedrooms of a residential occupancy, other than in the  |
|                | bedrooms of a dwelling unit, the standard is 75 dBA.           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 352 The provisions of Sentences 3.2.4.20.(10) and (11) NBC     |
|                | 1995 am. Québec do not apply if the sound signal devices are   |
|                | connected to a class “A” circuit according to CAN/ULC-S524,    |
|                | Installation of Fire Alarm Systems.                            |
|                |                                                                |
|                | The provisions come into force on 18 March 2016.”.             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | “B-2.1.3.3. The more stringent provisions applicable to certain|
|                | buildings are provided for in Division IV (sections 346 to 387)|
|                | of Chapter VIII of the Safety Code and cover residential       |
|                | occupancies and care and treatment occupancy.                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Sections 353 to 358 cover smoke alarms.                        |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 353. Smoke alarms conforming to CAN/ULC-S531, Smoke Alarms,    |
|                | must be installed                                              |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (1) in every dwelling unit;                                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | a) on each storey; and                                         |
|                |                                                                |
|                | b) on each storey where bedrooms are located, the smoke alarms |
|                | must be installed between the bedrooms and the remainder of the|
|                | storey, except if the bedrooms are accessed by a corridor, in  |
|                | which case the smoke alarms must be installed in the corridor; |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (2) in each sleeping room that is not part of a dwelling unit, |
|                | except in care or detention occupancies, which must be         |
|                | equipped with a fire alarm system;                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (3) in each corridor and each shared rest or activity area in  |
|                | a residential occupancy for the elderly that is not equipped   |
|                | with a fire alarm and detection system;                        |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (4) in sleeping rooms and in the corridors of a residential    |
|                | board and care occupancy designed in compliance with Article   |
|                | 3.1.2.5 of NBC 1995 am. Québec or 2005 am. Québec, if the      |
|                | bedrooms are not equipped with smoke detectors;                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (5) in each sleeping room, corridor and shared rest or         |
|                | activity area of a single-family type residential occupancy for|
|                | the elderly.                                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 354. Subject to the more stringent requirements of sections    |
|                | 355 and 356, the smoke alarms required under section 353 must, |
|                | when required by the standard in force at the time of          |
|                | construction or alteration of the building,                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (1) be installed by permanent connections to an electrical     |
|                | circuit and have no disconnect switch between the overcurrent  |
|                | device and the smoke alarm; and                                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (2) be wired so that the activation of one alarm will          |
|                | automatically cause all alarms within the dwelling unit to     |
|                | sound.                                                         |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 355. The smoke alarms required under paragraphs 3 to 5 of      |
|                | section 353 must                                               |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (1) be installed by permanent connections to an electrical     |
|                | circuit and have no disconnect switch between the overcurrent  |
|                | device and the smoke alarm;                                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (2) be wired so that the activation of one alarm will          |
|                | automatically cause all alarms within the dwelling unit to     |
|                | sound; and                                                     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (3) be wired so that the activation of one alarm in a building |
|                | housing a residential occupancy for the elderly of the rooming |
|                | house type will automatically cause all the alarms to sound.   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | In addition, the smoke alarms required under paragraph 4 of    |
|                | section 353 must                                               |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (1) be of a photoelectric type;                                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (2) be interconnected and connected to visual signal devices   |
|                | that allow the personnel assigned to the sleeping rooms to see |
|                | from where the smoke alarm is triggered, and                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (3) be connected to the fire department as provided for in NBC |
|                | 1995 am. Québec.                                               |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 356. Smoke alarms must be installed on or close to the ceiling |
|                | in accordance with CAN/ULC-S553, Standard for the Installation |
|                | of Smoke Alarms.                                               |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 357. A manual device may be installed at a specific point in   |
|                | the electrical circuit for the smoke alarm in a dwelling unit  |
|                | to shut off the sound signal emitted by the smoke alarm for no |
|                | more than 10 minutes; after that time, the smoke alarm must    |
|                | re-activate.                                                   |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 358. Every smoke alarm must be replaced 10 years after the     |
|                | date of manufacture indicated on the cover. If no date of      |
|                | manufacture is indicated, the smoke alarm is considered to     |
|                | be non-compliant and must be replaced without delay.           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | The provisions of sections 353 to 357 come into force on 18    |
|                | March 2014.”.                                                  |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | (cf. 2020-12-02)                                               
|                |                                                                |
|                | “B-2.1.3.6. The more stringent provisions applicable to        |
|                | certain buildings are provided for in Division IV              |
|                | (sections 369.1 and 369.2) of Chapter VIII of the Safety Code  |
|                | and cover private seniors’ residences.                         |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Sections 369.1 and 369.2 cover the installation of sprinkler   |
|                | systems:                                                       |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 369.1. A building housing a private seniors’ residence,        |
|                | constructed or altered in compliance with an applicable        |
|                | standard prior to NBC 2010 am. Québec, must be completely      |
|                | sprinklered, except                                            |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (1) a single-family type residential occupancy for the elderly,|
|                | provided that each storey accessible to the persons lodged in  |
|                | the occupancy is served by 2 means of egress, one of which     |
|                | leads directly to the exterior;                                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (2) a residential board and care occupancy that lodges no more |
|                | than 9 persons and whose building consists of a dwelling unit  |
|                | having a building height of no more than 2 storeys, provided   |
|                | that each storey accessible to the persons lodged in the       |
|                | occupancy is served by 2 means of egress, one of which leads   |
|                | directly to the exterior and the other leads to another floor  |
|                | area and is separated from adjoining spaces by a fire          |
|                | separation;                                                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (3) a building housing solely a residential occupancy for the  |
|                | elderly having a building height of 1 storey, a building area  |
|                | no more than 600 m2 and no more than 8 dwelling units, and in  |
|                | which no more than 16 persons lodge.                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 369.2. The sprinkler system required in section 369.1 must     |
|                | conform to the requirements of Section 3.2.5. of NBC 2005 am.  |
|                | Québec, but must be designed, constructed, installed and tested|
|                | in accordance with NFPA Standard 13, except a combustible      |
|                | concealed space no more than 450 mm high that does not have to |
|                | be sprinklered.                                                |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Despite the foregoing, the following may be sprinklered in     |
|                | compliance with NFPA Standard 13D where the water supply       |
|                | capacity for the sprinkler system is not less than 30 minutes: |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (1) a single-family type residential occupancy for the elderly,|
|                | provided that each storey accessible to the persons lodged in  |
|                | the occupancy, except the second storey, is served by 2 means  |
|                | of egress, one of which leads directly to the exterior;        |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (2) a residential board and care occupancy that lodges no more |
|                | than 9 persons and whose building consists of a dwelling unit  |
|                | having a building height of no more than 2 storeys, provided   |
|                | that each storey accessible to the persons lodged in the       |
|                | occupancy, except the second storey, is served by 2 means of   |
|                | egress, one of which leads directly to the exterior.           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | This section does not apply to a building which, on            |
|                | 2 December 2015, is completely sprinklered by a system         |
|                | installed in accordance with the standard applicable on the    |
|                | year of construction.                                          |
|                |                                                                |
|                | The provisions come into force on 2 December 2020.”            |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                |“B-2.1.6. The more stringent provisions applicable to certain   |
|                | buildings are provided for in Division IV (sections 346 to 369)|
|                | of Chapter VIII of the Safety Code and cover residential       |
|                | occupancies and care and treatment occupancy.                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Sections 359 and 360 cover carbon monoxide alarms.             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 359. A carbon monoxide alarm must be installed in every        |
|                | dwelling unit, residential occupancy for the elderly or        |
|                | residential board and care occupancy designed in compliance    |
|                | with Article 3.1.2.5. of NBC 1995 am. Québec or 2005 am.       |
|                | Québec that contains                                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (1) a heating appliance; or                                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (2) direct access to an indoor parking garage.                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 360. Carbon monoxide alarms must                               |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (1) conform to CAN/CSA-6.19, “Residential Carbon Monoxide      |
|                | Alarming Devices”;                                             |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (2) be equipped with an integrated alarm that meets the        |
|                | audibility requirements of CAN/CSA-6.19, “Residential Carbon   |
|                | Monoxide Alarming Devices”;                                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | (3) be installed according to the manufacturer’s               |
|                | recommendations.                                               |
|                |                                                                |
|                | The provisions come into force on 18 March 2014.”.             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | “B-2.2.1.1. The most stringent provisions applicable to        |
|                | certain buildings are provided for in Division IV              |
|                | (sections 346 to 369) of Chapter VIII of the Safety Code and   |
|                | cover residential occupancies and care and treatment occupancy.|
|                |                                                                |
|                | Sections 361 to 365 cover fire separation.                     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 361. In a building constructed or altered prior to 1 December  |
|                | 1976, the floors must constitute fire separations with a fire  |
|                | resistance rating of at least 30 minutes or meet the           |
|                | requirements of NBC 1980 am. Québec. The elements supporting   |
|                | the floors must also have a fire resistance rating of at least |
|                | 30 minutes or meet the requirements of NBC 1980.               |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 362. In a building constructed or altered prior to 25 May 1984,|
|                | suites of residential occupancy must be isolated from the      |
|                | remainder of the building by fire separations in accordance    |
|                | with the requirements of Section 3.3 or with Part 9 of NBC 1980|
|                | am. Québec. However, existing fire separations may have a fire |
|                | resistance rating of only 30 minutes.                          |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 363. In a care occupancy constructed or altered prior to       |
|                | 25 May 1984, all or part of a floor area occupied by bedrooms  |
|                | must conform to Subsection 3.3.3. of NBC 1980 am. Québec.      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 364. Every opening in a fire separation of a building          |
|                | constructed or altered prior to 25 May 1984 must be equipped   |
|                | with a closure in accordance with the requirements of NBC 1980 |
|                | am. Québec.                                                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 365. A building constructed or altered prior to 25 May 1984    |
|                | and containing a floor that does not end with a vertical fire  |
|                | separation from the floor to the underside of the floor or     |
|                | roof and have a fire resistance rating at least equal to the   |
|                | rating for the floor on which it abuts must meet the           |
|                | requirements of NBC 1980 am. Québec.                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | The provisions come into force on 18 March 2018.”.             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | “B.2.2.2.1. The most stringent provisions applicable to certain|
|                | buildings are provided for in Division IV (sections 346 to 369)|
|                | of Chapter VIII of the Safety Code and cover residential       |
|                | occupancies and care and treatment occupancy.                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Sections 361 to 365 cover openings in fire separation.         |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 361. In a building constructed or altered prior to 1 December  |
|                | 1976, the floors must constitute fire separations with a fire  |
|                | resistance rating of at least 30 minutes or meet the           |
|                | requirements of NBC 1980 am. Québec. The elements supporting   |
|                | the floors must also have a fire resistance rating of at least |
|                | 30 minutes or meet the requirements of NBC 1980.               |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 362. In a building constructed or altered prior to 25 May 1984,|
|                | suites of residential occupancy must be isolated from the      |
|                | remainder of the building by fire separations in accordance    |
|                | with the requirements of Section 3.3 or with Part 9 of NBC     |
|                | 1980 am. Québec. However, existing fire separations may have a |
|                | fire resistance rating of only 30 minutes.                     |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 363. In a care occupancy constructed or altered prior to 25 May|
|                | 1984, all or part of a floor area occupied by bedrooms must    |
|                | conform to Subsection 3.3.3. of NBC 1980 am. Québec.           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 364. Every opening in a fire separation of a building          |
|                | constructed or altered prior to 25 May 1984 must be equipped   |
|                | with a closure in accordance with the requirements of NBC 1980 |
|                | am. Québec.                                                    |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 365. A building constructed or altered prior to 25 May 1984 and|
|                | containing a floor that does not end with a vertical fire      |
|                | separation from the floor to the underside of the floor or roof|
|                | and have a fire resistance rating at least equal to the rating |
|                | for the floor on which it abuts must meet the requirements of  |
|                | NBC 1980 am. Québec.                                           |
|                |                                                                |
|                | The provisions come into force on 18 March 2018.”.             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | “B-2.3.1.1. The most stringent provisions applicable to certain|
|                | buildings are provided for in Division IV (sections 346 to 369)|
|                | of Chapter VIII of the Safety Code and cover residential       |
|                | occupancies and care and treatment occupancy.                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Section 368 covers interior finish.                            |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 368. In a residential occupancy for the elderly constructed or |
|                | altered prior to 25 May 1984, the flame-spread rating of the   |
|                | interior finish of the walls and ceilings must conform to NBC  |
|                | 1985 am. Québec.                                               |
|                |                                                                |
|                | The provision comes into force on 18 March 2014.”.             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | “B-2.7.1.1. The most stringent provisions applicable to certain|
|                | buildings are provided for in Division IV (sections 346 to 369)|
|                | of Chapter VIII of the Safety Code and cover residential       |
|                | occupancies and care and treatment occupancy.                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Section 369 covers means of egress.                            |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 369. In a single-family type residential occupancy for the     |
|                | elderly, when at least 1 bedroom is laid out to accommodate the|
|                | elderly, the basement must have an exit opening directly to the|
|                | exterior.                                                      |
|                |                                                                |
|                | The provision comes into force on 18 march 2016.”.             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
|                | “B-2.7.3.1. The most stringent provisions applicable to certain|
|                | buildings are provided for in Division IV (sections 346 to 369)|
|                | of Chapter VIII of the Safety Code and cover residential       |
|                | occupancies and care and treatment occupancy.                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | Sections 366 and 367 cover emergency lighting.                 |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 366. Emergency lighting must conform to the requirements of the|
|                | Construction Code, NBC 1995 am. Québec.                        |
|                |                                                                |
|                | 367. In a single-family type residential occupancy for the     |
|                | elderly, emergency lighting must be installed in corridors,    |
|                | stairways and means of egress and be designed to provide       |
|                | automatically electric power for 30 minutes if the normal      |
|                | source of power supply fails.                                  |
|                |                                                                |
|                | The provisions come into force on 18 March 2014.”.             |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
|                |                                                                |
| Division C     | Strike out.                                                    |
| Appendix A     |                                                                |
|                |                                                                |
| Explanatory    |                                                                |
|    notes       |                                                                |
|________________|________________________________________________________________|
        

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1; O.C. 1035-2015, s. 5; O.C. 1035-2015, s. 6.

SCHEDULE I

(ss. 69 and 215)

SECTION 69

STATE OF THE GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

SECTION 215

EVALUATION OF UNPROTECTED STEEL TANK CONDITION

(1) The soil aggressiveness value (S.A.V.) is determined according to the method of the Petroleum Association for Conservation of the Canadian Environment.

(2) The tank/soil index (T/S) is determined by multiplying the soil aggressiveness value by the age of the tank. T/S = (S.A.V. x AGE).

(3) On the basis of the values obtained, the requirements to be met are as follows (see Graph):

Zone 1

The tank may be protected against corrosion according to NACE Standard SP0169, Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems or NACE Standard SP0285, Corrosion Control of Underground Storage Tank Systems by Cathodic Protection, published by NACE International;

Zone 2

The tank must be replaced before the tank reaches 25 years after its installation;

Zone 3

The tank must be replaced before the tank reaches 25 years after its installation and subject to a leak detection test in accordance with the second paragraph of section 8.130 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 2) within 12 months as of the year of assessment of its condition and every 5 years afterward;

Zone 4

The tank must be replaced before obtaining a T/S of 180 or before the tank reaches 25 years after its installation and subject to a leak detection test in accordance with the second paragraph of section 8.130 of Chapter VIII of the Construction Code every year;

Zone 5

The tank must be replaced immediately.

O.C. 877-2003, s. 1; O.C. 221-2007; O.C. 88-2018, s. 31; O.C. 992-2018, s. 2.

SCHEDULE II

(s. 388)

Information sheet for the annual verification of a multistorey garage

Name of owner: ____________________________________________
Address of building: ______________________________________________

      ______________________________________

Date of verification: _________________ Verified by: ________________________
Identification of slab: ___________

 _________________________________________________________________________________
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
|         Element           |  Yes  |  No   | Location | Photograph | Description |
|                           |       |       |          |     #      | and remarks |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| Slab                      |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Subsidence/deformation  |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| Upper surface of slab     |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Membrane worn           |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Potholes                |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Superficial cracks      |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Deterioration of        |       |       |          |            |             |
| concrete                  |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Reinforcement exposed   |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Rust spots              |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| Lower surface of slab     |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Moisture spots, water   |       |       |          |            |             |
| infiltration              |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Efflorescence           |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Reinforcement exposed   |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Rust spots              |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Deterioration of        |       |       |          |            |             |
| concrete                  |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| Walls                     |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Bulging/deformation     |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Cracks                  |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Water infiltration      |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| Beams and columns         |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Cracks                  |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Reinforcement exposed   |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Rust spots              |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| Expansion joints          |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Deterioration of        |       |       |          |            |             |
| expansion joints          |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| Drains                    |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Poor operating condition|       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
|                           |       |       |          |            |             |
| - Accumulation of water   |       |       |          |            |             |
|___________________________|_______|_______|__________|____________|_____________|
        

O.C. 1263-2012, s. 1.

SCHEDULE III

MAINTENANCE OF A WATER COOLING TOWER FACILITY

The documents to be take into account for the maintenance program provided for in section 402 are

(1) the manufacturer’s operation and maintenance manual;

(2) the guides recognized for the maintenance of water cooling tower facilities such as

(a) Guideline-WTB-148(08)-Best Practices for Control of Legionella published by the Cooling Technology Institute (CTI);

(b) the manuals of the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), particularly Guideline-12-2000-Minimizing the Risk of Legionellosis Associated with Building Water Systems;

(c) Legionella 2003: An Update and Statement by the Association of Water Technologies (AWT).

O.C. 232-2013, s. 2; O.C. 454-2014, s. 5.

TRANSITIONAL

2013

(O.C. 232-2012) SECTION 3. For water cooling towers already in operation, the owners must send to the Board the information required under section 405 on 12 May 2013.

(O.C. 1203-2012) SECTION 2. Subject to the second and third paragraphs of this section, this Regulation comes into force on 27 December 2013.

This Regulation applies as of 11 February 2013 to care occupancies and private seniors’ residences with respect to their plumbing systems equipped with one of the devices covered by section 7.3.

Section 7.2 and the requirement covered by section 7.1 to verify and adjust the water outlet temperature of valves supplying shower heads and bathtubs apply as of 11 February 2013 to care occupancies and private seniors’ residences with respect to their plumbing systems equipped with devices other than those covered by section 7.3 but that can nonetheless limit the temperature.

2012

(O.C. 363-2012) SECTION 2. Section 308 of the Safety Code (chapter B-1.1, r. 3) relating to the maintenance of a log book for each amusement ride or device, introduced by section 1 of this Regulation, applies to the log books maintained under the Amusement Rides Regulation (chapter S-3, r. 1) and to the documents that accompany them.

SECTION 5. For the first application for an operating permit, the owner has 60 days from 3 May 2012 to comply with sections 324 to 335 of the Safety Code introduced by section 1 of this Regulation with respect to amusement rides and devices existing on that date.

REFERENCES

O.C. 964-2002, 2002 G.O. 2, 4654

O.C. 877-2003, 2003 G.O. 2, 2739

O.C. 896-2004, 2004 G.O. 2, 2838

O.C. 1154-2004, 2004 G.O. 2, 3593

O.C. 121-2006, 2006 G.O. 2, 1121

O.C. 221-2007, 2007 G.O. 2, 1171

S.Q. 2010, c. 7, s. 282

S.Q. 2010, c. 40, s. 92

O.C. 363-2012, 2012 G.O. 2, 1144

O.C. 1260-2012, 2013 G.O. 2, 111

O.C. 1203-2012, 2012 G.O. 2, 3664

O.C. 1263-2012, 2013 G.O. 2, 127

O.C. 232-2013, 2013 G.O. 2, 744

O.C. 454-2014, 2014 G.O. 2, 1139

O.C. 348-2015, 2015 G.O. 2, 738

O.C. 1035-2015, 2015 G.O. 2, 3189

O.C. 88-2018, 2018 G.O. 2, 700

O.C. 723-2018, 2018 G.O. 2, 2500

O.C. 992-2018, 2018 G.O. 2, 3263